PDF-Owners-Manual - Mazda Motor Corporation

Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page3
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (3,1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
Regular servicing of your vehicle by an expert repairer helps maintain both its
roadworthiness and its resale value. A world-wide network of Authorised Mazda Repairers
can help you with their professional servicing expertise.
Their specially trained personnel are best qualified to service your Mazda vehicle properly
and exactly. Also, they are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools and
equipment specially developed for servicing Mazda vehicles. When maintenance or service
is necessary we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2017 Mazda Motor Corporation
June 2017 (Print2)
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page4
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
MEMO
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (4,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page5
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (5,1)
Table Of Contents
Introduction
About This Manual ........................ page 1
Symbols Glossary .......................... page 2
Parts and Accessories .................... page 2
Alarm
Principle of Operation .................. page 45
Arming the alarm ......................... page 47
Disarming the alarm .................... page 47
At a Glance
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ...... page 48
Audio Control .............................. page 49
Voice Control ............................... page 49
At a Glance .................................... page 3
Child Safety
Child Seats ..................................... page 9
Child Seat Positioning ................. page 14
ISOFIX Anchor Points ................ page 16
Booster Seats ............................... page 17
Child Safety Locks ...................... page 19
Occupant protection
Principle of Operation .................. page 20
Fastening the seat belts ................ page 29
Seat belt height adjustment .......... page 30
Seat belt reminder ........................ page 31
Using seat belts during
pregnancy ..................................... page 31
Disabling the passenger airbag .... page 32
Constant monitoring .................... page 33
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies .................................. page 35
Programming the remote
control .......................................... page 35
Changing the remote control
battery .......................................... page 37
Locks
Locking and Unlocking ............... page 38
Engine immobiliser
Principle of Operation .................. page 42
Coded keys .................................. page 43
Arming the engine immobiliser.... page 43
Disarming the engine
immobiliser .................................. page 44
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Wipers and Washers
Windscreen Wipers ...................... page 50
Autowipers .................................. page 50
Windscreen Washers .................... page 51
Checking the Wiper Blades ......... page 52
Changing the Wiper Blades ......... page 52
Lighting
Lighting Control .......................... page 54
Autolamps ................................... page 55
Front Fog Lamps ......................... page 56
Rear Fog Lamps .......................... page 56
Headlamp Levelling .................... page 57
Hazard Warning Flashers ............. page 58
Direction Indicators ..................... page 58
Interior Lamps ............................. page 59
Changing a Bulb .......................... page 59
Bulb Specification Chart .............. page 66
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows ........................... page 67
Exterior Mirrors ........................... page 69
Electric exterior mirrors ............... page 70
Instrument Cluster
Gauges ......................................... page 73
Warning Lamps and Indicators .... page 74
Audible Warnings and
Indicators ..................................... page 81
Information Displays
General Information ..................... page 83
Trip Computer .............................. page 83
Personalised Settings ................... page 86
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page6
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (6,1)
Table Of Contents
Air-Conditioning
Principle of Operation .................. page 88
Air Vents ...................................... page 89
Manual Air-Conditioning ............ page 89
Automatic Air-Conditioning ........ page 92
Heated Windows .......................... page 96
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position ...... page 97
Front Seats ................................... page 98
Head Restraints .......................... page 103
Rear Seats .................................. page 104
Heated Seats .............................. page 105
Convenience features
Clock ......................................... page 106
Instrument Lighting Dimmer ..... page 106
Cigar Lighter .............................. page 107
Ashtray ....................................... page 107
Auxiliary Power Points .............. page 108
Cup Holders ............................... page 108
Overhead Console ..................... page 109
Storage compartments ................ page 110
Auxiliary input (AUX IN)
socket ......................................... page 111
USB port .................................... page 111
Floor Mats .................................. page 112
Starting and Stopping the Engine
General Information ................... page 113
Ignition Switch .......................... page 113
Steering Wheel Lock ................. page 114
Starting a Petrol Engine ............. page 114
Starting a Diesel Engine ............ page 116
Diesel Particulate Filter .............. page 116
Switching Off the Engine .......... page 117
Fuel and Refuelling
Safety Precautions ..................... page 118
Fuel Quality - Petrol .................. page 118
Fuel Quality - Diesel .................. page 119
Catalytic Converter .................... page 120
Fuel filler flap ............................ page 120
Refuelling .................................. page 122
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Fuel Consumption ..................... page 122
Transmission
Manual Transmission ................. page 123
Four-Wheel Drive ...................... page 123
Electronic Locking
Differential ................................. page 125
Automatic Transmission ............ page 126
Brakes
Principle of Operation ................ page 130
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes ........................................ page 131
Parking Brake ............................ page 131
Hill descent control (HDC)
Principle of Operation ................ page 132
Using Hill Descent Control ....... page 132
Dynamic Stability Control
Principle of Operation ................ page 134
Using Dynamic Stability
Control ....................................... page 135
Hill Launch Assist
Principle of Operation ................ page 136
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation ................ page 138
Using the Parking Aid - Vehicles With:
Rear Parking Aid ....................... page 139
Rear View Camera ..................... page 141
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation ................ page 143
Using Cruise Control ................. page 143
Load Carrying
General Information ................... page 146
Tailgate ...................................... page 146
Load Retaining Fixtures ............ page 147
Driving Hints
General Driving Points .............. page 148
Running-In ................................. page 149
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page7
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (7,1)
Table Of Contents
Cold Weather Precautions .......... page 149
Reduced Engine Performance .... page 150
Driving Through Water .............. page 150
Vehicle Loading ......................... page 152
Towing
Towing a Trailer ......................... page 153
Fuses
Fuse Box Locations ................... page 159
Changing a Fuse ........................ page 160
Fuse Specification Chart ............ page 161
Vehicle recovery
Towing Points ............................ page 166
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels ....................................... page 166
Maintenance
General Information ................... page 168
Opening and Closing the
Bonnet ....................................... page 169
Under Bonnet Overview - MZI
2.5 .............................................. page 171
Under Bonnet Overview - MZ-CD
2.2 .............................................. page 172
Under Bonnet Overview - MZ-CD 3.2
I5 ................................................ page 174
Engine Oil Dipstick - MZI 2.5 ... page 176
Engine Oil Dipstick - MZ-CD 2.2/MZCD 3.2 I5 ................................... page 176
Engine Oil Check ...................... page 177
Engine Coolant Check ............... page 178
Power Steering Fluid Check ...... page 179
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check ... page 179
Draining the Fuel Filter Water
Trap ............................................ page 180
Washer Fluid Check ................... page 181
Technical Specifications ............ page 182
Scheduled Maintenance ............. page 183
Vehicle Care
Cleaning the Exterior ................. page 188
Cleaning the Interior .................. page 189
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Repairing Minor Paint
Damage ...................................... page 189
Vehicle battery
Jump-Starting the Vehicle .......... page 190
Battery connection points .......... page 191
Battery warning symbols ........... page 191
Wheels and Tyres
General Information ................... page 193
Changing a Road Wheel ............ page 194
Tyre Care ................................... page 202
Using Winter Tyres .................... page 203
Using Snow Chains ................... page 204
Tyre pressure monitoring
system ........................................ page 204
Technical Specifications ............ page 209
Vehicle identification
Vehicle Identification Plate ........ page 210
Vehicle Identification Number.... page 210
Capacities and Specific
Technical Specifications ............ page 211
Navigation introduction
General Information ................... page 217
Road Safety ................................ page 218
Navigation Quick start
Navigation Quick start ............... page 219
Navigation unit overview
Navigation unit overview ........... page 221
Loading the navigation data ...... page 224
System settings
System settings .......................... page 225
Navigation system
Route options menu ................... page 228
Route displays ........................... page 229
Traffic Message Channel
Principle of Operation ................ page 231
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page8
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (8,1)
Table Of Contents
Using TMC ................................ page 231
Map updates
Map updates .............................. page 232
Audio introduction
Important audio information ...... page 233
Audio unit overview
Audio unit overview .................. page 235
Audio system security
Security code ............................. page 242
Audio unit clock and date
Setting the clock on the audio
unit ............................................. page 243
Audio unit operation
On/off control ............................ page 245
Sound button .............................. page 245
Waveband button ....................... page 246
Station tuning control ................ page 246
Station preset buttons ................. page 247
Autostore control ....................... page 248
Traffic information control ........ page 248
Audio unit menus
Automatic volume control ......... page 250
Digital signal processing
(DSP) ......................................... page 250
News broadcasts ........................ page 251
Alternative frequencies .............. page 251
Regional mode (REG) ............... page 252
Compact disc player
Compact disc playback .............. page 253
Track selection ........................... page 253
Fast forward/reverse .................. page 254
Shuffle/random .......................... page 254
Repeat compact disc tracks ........ page 255
Compact disc track scanning ..... page 255
MP3 file playback ...................... page 256
MP3 display options .................. page 259
Ending compact disc playback... page 259
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Auxiliary input (AUX IN)
Auxiliary input (AUX IN)
socket ......................................... page 260
Audio system care
Aerial ......................................... page 261
Audio troubleshooting
Audio troubleshooting ............... page 262
Telephone
General Information ................... page 263
Telephone setup ......................... page 263
Bluetooth® setup ....................... page 264
Telephone controls ..................... page 265
Using the telephone ................... page 266
Voice control
Principle of Operation ................ page 269
Using voice control .................... page 270
Audio unit commands ................ page 271
Telephone commands ................ page 280
Air-conditioning commands ...... page 282
Connectivity
General Information ................... page 284
Connecting an external device ... page 286
Connecting an external device - Vehicles
With: Bluetooth® ...................... page 286
Using a USB device ................... page 287
Using an iPod ............................ page 290
Appendices
Type approvals ........................... page 293
Type approvals ........................... page 293
Type approvals ........................... page 294
Electromagnetic compatibility.... page 295
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page9
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (9,1)
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Mazda. We
recommend that you take some time to get
to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about it,
the greater the safety and pleasure you
will get from driving it.
WARNING
Always drive with due care and
attention when using and operating
the controls and features on your
vehicle.
This vehicle has received the endorsement
of TÜV, the accredited international
testing organisation, for its allergyfriendly properties.
All materials used in the manufacture of
the interior of this vehicle meet strict
requirements of the TÜV TOXPROOF
Criteria Catalogue for Vehicle Interiors by
TÜV Produkt and Umwelt GmbH and are
designed to minimize the risk of allergic
reactions.
Additionally an efficient pollen filter
protects the passengers against allergen
particles in the outdoor air.
For more information, contact TÜV at
www.tuv.com.
NOTE
l
This manual describes product
features and options available
throughout the range, sometimes
even before they are generally
available. It may describe options not
fitted to your vehicle.
l
Some of the illustrations in this
manual may be used for different
models, so may appear different to
your vehicle. However, the essential
information in the illustrations is
always correct.
l
Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
l
Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of
the vehicle.
1
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page10
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (10,1)
Introduction
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
Symbols in this handbook
WARNING
You risk death or serious injury to
yourself and others if you do not
follow the instructions highlighted by
the warning symbol.
CAUTION
You risk damaging your vehicle if you
do not follow the instructions
highlighted by the caution symbol.
Symbols on your vehicle
When you see these symbols, read and
follow the relevant instructions in this
handbook before touching or attempting
adjustment of any kind.
2
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
PARTS AND
ACCESSORIES
Genuine Mazda parts and accessories
have been designed specifically for your
vehicle. Unless we have specifically
stated, we have not tested non-Mazda
parts and accessories and, therefore, we
will not guarantee that they are suitable
for your vehicle. We recommend that you
ask your Authorised Mazda Repairer for
advice on parts and accessories suitable
for your vehicle.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page11
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (11,1)
At a Glance
AT A GLANCE
Instrument panel overview - Right-hand drive
I
B A
S
C
T
D
R P VUO Q
E
F
N K J
G
L
M H
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
3
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page12
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (12,1)
At a Glance
Instrument panel overview - Left-hand drive
E
H
D
F
J KN
L
G
M
A C
T B
P VUO Q R
I
S
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H*
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
Door lock button. See Locking and Unlocking (page 38).
Audio unit. See Audio unit overview (page 235).
Multi-functional display.
Multi-function lever: Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 58). High Beam. See
Lighting Control (page 54). or Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 50).
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 49).
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 73). See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 74).
Multi-function lever: Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 58). High Beam. See
Lighting Control (page 54). or Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 50).
Headlamp levelling switch. See Headlamp Levelling (page 57).
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 89).
Bonnet release lever. See Opening and Closing the Bonnet (page 169).
Driver side storage compartment. See Storage compartments (page 110).
Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 143).
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 113).
Horn.
Dynamic stability control (DSC) off switch. See Using Dynamic Stability Control (page 135).
Passenger airbag deactivation warning lamp. See Disabling the passenger airbag (page 32).
Auxiliary power sockets. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 108).
4
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page13
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (13,1)
At a Glance
Air-conditionings. See Manual Air-Conditioning (page 89), See Automatic Air-Conditioning
(page 92).
Auxiliary input and USB. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 111). See USB port
(page 260).
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 58).
Electronic Locking Differential (ELD) button. See Electronic Locking Differential (page 125).
Hill descent control on switch. See Hill descent control (HDC) (page 132).
R
S
T
U
V
* Some models.
qLocking and unlocking
qAdjusting the steering wheel
Unlocking the vehicle
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel when
the vehicle is moving.
2
1
A
B
C
Key fold/unfold button
Unlock
Lock
Press the unlock button once to unlock the
vehicle.
Press the lock button once to activate
central locking.
Press the lock button twice within three
seconds to double lock the doors.
WARNING
Make sure that you fully engage the
locking lever when returning it to its
original position.
5
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page14
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (14,1)
At a Glance
Recommended settings for heating
3
See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page
48).
qManual air-conditioning
Recommended settings for cooling
Select the outside air.
Close the centre air vents and open the
side air vents.
Direct the side air vents toward the side
windows.
See Manual Air-Conditioning (page 89).
qAutomatic air-conditioning
Recommended settings for cooling
Select the outside air.
Open the centre and side air vents.
Direct the centre air vents upwards and
the side air vents toward the side
windows.
6
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Select the outside air.
Set the temperature to 22 °C (72 °F).
Open the centre and side air vents.
Direct the centre air vents upwards and
the side air vents toward the side
windows.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page15
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (15,1)
At a Glance
Recommended settings for heating
Select the outside air.
Set the temperature to 22 °C (72 °F).
Open the centre and side air vents.
Direct the centre air vents upwards and
the side air vents toward the side
windows.
qDirection indicators
qAirbag
WARNING
To avoid the risk of death or serious
injury, never use a rearward facing
child restraint in the front, unless the
air bag is OFF.
See Child Seat Positioning (page 14).
If the lever is tapped up or down, the
direction indicators will flash three time.
See Direction Indicators (page 58).
7
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page16
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (16,1)
At a Glance
qManual transmission
Selecting reverse gear - 6 speed
Insert the fuel pipe nozzle up to the first
notch on the nozzle, and keep it in
position on the fuel filler opening.
WARNING
We recommend that you wait at least
10 seconds before removing the fuel
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to
drain into the fuel tank.
It is necessary to raise the collar whilst
selecting reverse gear in 6-speed vehicles.
See Manual Transmission (page 123).
qRefuelling
WARNING
Take care when refuelling to avoid
spilling any residual fuel from the fuel
pipe nozzle.
Slightly raise the fuel nozzle to remove it.
See Fuel filler flap (page 120).
8
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page17
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (17,1)
Child Safety
CHILD RESTRAINT PRECAUTIONS
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
Mazda recommends use of a Mazda genuine child-restraint system or one that complies
with the UNECE *144 regulation. If you would like to purchase a Mazda genuine childrestraint system, please contact an Authorised Mazda Repairer.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
*1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts.
The child-restraint system should be installed on the rear seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of agethe more so with a supplementary restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used in the front passenger seat
with the air bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat
for other child-restraint systems.
For some models, we have provided a deactivation switch that will disable front passenger
air bag inflation. Do not switch off the front passenger air bag without reading the
“Disabling the Passenger Airbag”. See Disabling the Passenger Airbag (page 32).
9
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page18
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (18,1)
Child Safety
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH ISOFIX anchors, and attach the
corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden
stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces
that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed
into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
10
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page19
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (19,1)
Child Safety
WARNING
Extreme Hazard! Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat with an air bag that could deploy:
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by
an airbag in front of it!
Even in a moderate collision, the child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air
bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. If
your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger air bag deactivation switch, always set
the switch to the OFF position when installing a rear-facing child-restraint system on
the front passenger seat.
Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown below.
The warning label reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraint system on the
front passenger seat at any time.
11
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page20
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (20,1)
Child Safety
WARNING
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless
it is unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to
the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat
is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure
that the front passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position. See
Disabling the Passenger Airbag (page 32).
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause
serious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplementary protection. With the front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location for
children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child-restraint system:
Child-restraint system anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed
by correctly installed child-restraint systems. Under no circumstances are they to be
used for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the
vehicle.
Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous. In a collision the
tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child-restraint system.
The child-restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child.
12
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page21
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (21,1)
Child Safety
WARNING
Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come off and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child
touches them.
13
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page22
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Child Safety
CHILD SEAT
POSITIONING
WARNING
l
l
l
l
Please consult your Repairer for
the latest details relating to Mazda
recommended child seats.
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an air bag in front
of it!
When using a child seat with a
support leg, the support leg must
rest securely on the floor.
When using a child seat with a
seatbelt, make sure that the seat belt
is not slack or twisted.
CAUTION
The child seat must rest tightly against
the vehicle seat. It may be necessary to
lift or remove the head restraint.
However, when installing a booster
cushion, always install the vehicle head
restraint to the seat where the booster
cushion is installed. See Head
Restraints (page 103).
NOTE
When using a child seat on a front seat,
always adjust the front passenger seat to
its fully rearwards position. If it proves
difficult to tighten the lap section of the
seatbelt without slack remaining, adjust
the seatback to the fully upright
position and raise the height of the seat.
See Seats (page 97).
14
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (22,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page23
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (23,1)
Child Safety
Seating positions
0
Up to 10 kg
Front outboard passenger seat
with airbag ON
Front outboard passenger seat
with airbag OFF
Rear seats
Regular cab centre seat
Mass group categories
0
1
2
Up to 13 kg
9―18 kg
15―25 kg
3
22―36 kg
X
X
UF1
UF1
UF1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U
X
U
X
U
X
U
X
U
X
X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child seats approved for use in this mass group.
U1 Suitable for universal category child seats approved for use in this mass group. However, we recommend that
you secure children in a government approved child seat, in the rear seat.
UF1 Suitable for universal category forward facing child seats approved for use in this mass group. However, we
recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, in the rear seat.
ISOFIX child seats í - Double cab
Mass group categories
1
0
Rear facing
Forward facing
Up to 13 kg
9―18 kg
Seating positions
Front seat
Rear outboard seat ISOFIX
Rear centre seat
Size class
Seat type
Size class
Seat type
Size class
Seat type
Not ISOFIX equipped
E, D, C*
IL**
A, B, B1, C, D*
IL,IUF***
Not ISOFIX equipped
IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems of the semi-universal category. Please consult child
restraints systems suppliers' vehicle recommendation lists.
IUF Suitable for ISOFIX forward facing child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in this
mass group and ISOFIX size class.
*
The ISOFIX size class for both universal and semi-universal child restraints systems is defined by the capital
letters A to G. These identification letters are displayed on ISOFIX child restraints.
**
At time of publishing the recommended Group O
ISOFIX baby safety seat is the Britax Roemer Baby Safe.
Please consult your Repairer for the latest details relating to Mazda recommended child seats.
***
At time of publishing the recommended Group 1 ISOFIX child seat is the Britax Roemer Safefix PLUS. Please
consult your Repairer for the latest details relating to Mazda recommended child seats.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
15
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page24
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (24,1)
Child Safety
ISOFIX ANCHOR POINTS í
Double cab
WARNING
Use an anti-rotation device when
using the ISOFIX system. We
recommend that you use a top tether
or a support leg.
NOTE
When you are purchasing an ISOFIX
restraint, make sure that you know the
correct mass group and ISOFIX size
class for the intended seating locations.
See Child Seat Positioning (page 14).
Your vehicle is fitted with ISOFIX anchor
points that accommodate universally
approved ISOFIX child restraints.
The ISOFIX system comprises two rigid
attachment arms on the child restraint that
attach to anchor points on the 2nd row
seats, where the cushion and backrest
meet. Tether anchor points are fitted to the
back panel trim for child restraints with a
top tether.
qAttaching a child restraint with a
top tether
WARNING
Do not attach a tether strap to
anything other than the correct tether
anchor point.
1. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a booster cushion,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the booster cushion is
installed. See Head Restraints (page
103).
2. Place the child seat on the back seat
cushion and fold the relevant seatback
forward. See Rear Seats (page 104).
16
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page25
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (25,1)
Child Safety
3. Route the tether strap to the anchor
point.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
WARNING
Make sure the top tether strap is not
slack or twisted and is properly located
on the anchor point.
4. Push the seatback to the upright
position.
WARNING
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Make sure that the seatback is
secure and fully engaged in the
catch.
Make sure the safety seat is fitted
correctly. There is a risk of injury.
5. Push the child seat back firmly to
engage the ISOFIX lower anchor
points.
6. Tighten the tether strap in line with the
child seat manufacturers instructions.
We recommend that you use a tether strap
where fitted.
l
Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with only the lap
strap of the seat belt.
Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with a seat belt that
is slack or twisted.
Do not put the seat belt under your
child's arm or behind its back.
Do not use pillows, books or towels
to boost your child's height.
Make sure that your children sit in
an upright position.
Secure children that weigh more
than 15 kilograms (33 pounds) but
are less than 150 centimetres (59
inches) tall in a booster seat or a
booster cushion.
CAUTION
When using a child seat on a rear seat,
make sure that the child seat rests
tightly against the vehicle seat. It
maybe necessary to lift or remove the
head restraint. However, when
installing a booster cushion, always
install the vehicle head restraint to the
seat where the booster cushion is
installed. See Head Restraints (page
103).
17
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page26
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (26,1)
Child Safety
Booster seat (Group 2)
We recommend that you use a booster
seat that combines a cushion with a
backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
The raised seating position will allow you
to position the shoulder strap of the adult
seat belt over the centre of your child's
shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
its hips.
Booster cushion (Group 3)
18
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
When using a booster cushion, always
install the vehicle head restraint to the seat
where the booster cushion is installed.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page27
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (27,1)
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING
You cannot open the doors from inside
if you have put the child safety locks
on.
Left-hand side
Turn anti-clockwise to lock and clockwise
to unlock.
Right-hand side
Turn clockwise to lock and anti-clockwise
to unlock.
19
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page28
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (28,1)
Occupant protection
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
qSupplementary Restraint Systems
(SRS) Precautions
These systems operate independently
depending on the type of accident
encountered; if you have side and curtain
air bags, the side and curtain air bags are
not likely to deploy on both sides in the
same accident because a vehicle is not
often hit from both sides. The side and
curtain air bags and the frontal air bag
system will not normally deploy during
the same type of accident unless a
combination of frontal and side impacts
occur.
The air bag supplementary restraint
systems are designed to provide
supplementary protection only in the front
seats in certain situations and the rear
outside passenger positions only in sameside collisions, so seat belts are always
important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags
cannot provide adequate protection during
an accident. Seat belt usage is necessary
to:
l
Keep the occupant from being thrown
into an inflating air bag.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries
during an accident that is not designed
for air bag inflation, such as roll-over
or rear impact.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries in
frontal or side collisions that are not
severe enough to activate the air bags.
l
Reduce the possibility of being thrown
from your vehicle.
20
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries to
lower body and legs during an accident
because the air bags provide no
protection to these parts of the body.
l
Hold the driver in a position which
allows better control of the vehicle.
A child who is too small to use a seat belt
must be properly secured using a childrestraint system.
See Child Restraint Precautions (page
9).
Carefully consider which child-restraint
system is necessary for your child and
follow the installation directions in this
Owner's Manual as well as the childrestraint system manufacturer's
instructions.
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag
equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for
protection during an accident is
dangerous. Alone, air bags may not
prevent serious injuries. The
appropriate air bags can be expected
to inflate only in the first collision with
frontal, near frontal or side forces that
are at least moderate. Vehicle
occupants should always wear seat
belts.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page29
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (29,1)
Occupant protection
WARNING
Children should not ride in the front
passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in
the front seat is dangerous. The child
could be hit by a deploying air bag
and be seriously injured or even killed.
A sleeping child is more likely to lean
against the door and be hit by the side
air bag in moderate, right-side
collision. Whenever possible, always
secure a child 12 years and under on
the rear seats with an appropriate
child-restraint system for the child's
age and size.
Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearfacing child-restraint system on the
front passenger seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front of
it!
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury
or death to the child. If your vehicle is
equipped with a front passenger air
bag deactivation switch, always set the
switch to the OFF position when
installing a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat.
WARNING
Do not sit too close to the driver and
front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front
passenger air bag modules or placing
hands or feet on them is extremely
dangerous. The driver and front
passenger air bags inflate with great
force and speed. Serious injuries could
occur if someone is too close. The
driver should always hold onto only
the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both
feet on the floor. Front seat occupants
should adjust their seats as far back as
possible and always sit upright against
the seatbacks with seat belts worn
properly.
Sit in the centre of the seat and wear
seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag
modules or placing hands on them is
extremely dangerous. The side air
bags inflate with great force and speed
directly out of the outboard side of the
front seat and expand along the front
door on the side the car is hit. Serious
injury could occur if someone is sitting
too close to the door or leaning
against a window, or if rear seat
occupants grab the sides of the front
seatbacks. Furthermore, sleeping up
against the door or hanging out the
windows in the vehicle could block the
side and curtain air bags and
eliminate the advantages of
supplementary protection. Give the
side and curtain air bags room to work
by sitting in the centre of the seat
while the vehicle is moving with seat
belts worn properly.
21
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page30
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (30,1)
Occupant protection
WARNING
Do not attach objects on or around the
area where driver and front passenger
air bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and
front passenger air bag modules or
placing something in front of them is
dangerous. In an accident, an object
could interfere with air bag inflation
and injure the occupants.
Do not attach objects on or around the
area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching articles to the front seat in
such a way as to cover the outboard
side of the seat in any way is
dangerous. In an accident the object
could interfere with the side air bag,
which inflates from the outboard side
of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or
redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag
could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or
backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the
front seats. Always keep the side air
bag modules in your front seats free to
deploy in the event of a side collision.
22
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
WARNING
Do not attach objects on or around the
area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where
the curtain air bag activates such as
on the windscreen glass, side door
glass, front and rear window pillars
and along the roof edge and assist
grips is dangerous. In an accident the
object could interfere with the curtain
air bag, which inflates from the front
and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added
protection of the curtain air bag
system or redirecting the air bag in a
way that is dangerous. Furthermore,
the bag could be cut open releasing
the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other
objects on the assist grips. When
hanging clothes, hang them on the
coat hook directly. Always keep the
curtain air bag modules free to deploy
in the event of a side collision.
Do not touch the components of the
supplementary restraint system after
the air bags have inflated:
Touching the components of the
supplementary restraint system after
the air bags have inflated is
dangerous. Immediately after
inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page31
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (31,1)
Occupant protection
WARNING
Never install any front-end equipment
to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment,
such as frontal protection bar
(kangaroo bar, bull bar, push bar, or
other similar devices), snowplow, or
winches, is dangerous. The air bag
crash sensor system could be affected.
This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the
air bags from inflating during an
accident. Front occupants could be
seriously injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is
dangerous. If the vehicle's height or
the suspension is modified, the vehicle
will be unable to accurately detect a
collision resulting in incorrect or
unexpected air bag deployment and
the possibility of serious injuries.
WARNING
Do not modify the supplementary
restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the supplementary restraint system
is dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable. Do
not make any modifications to the
supplementary restraint system. This
includes installing trim, badges, or
anything else over the air bag
modules. It also includes installing
extra electrical equipment on or near
system components or wiring. An
expert repairer, we recommend an
Authorised Mazda Repairer can
provide the special care needed in the
removal and installation of front seats.
It is important to protect the side and
curtain air bag wiring and
connections to assure that the bags do
not accidentally deploy and that the
seats retain an undamaged air bag
connection.
Do not place luggage or other objects
under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects
under the front seats is dangerous.
The components essential to the
supplementary restraint system could
be damaged, and in the event of a side
collision, the appropriate air bags may
not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage
to the components essential to the
supplementary restraint system, do not
place luggage or other objects under
the front seats.
23
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page32
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (32,1)
Occupant protection
NOTE
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud
inflation noise can be heard and
some smoke will be released. Neither
is likely to cause injury, however, the
texture of the air bags may cause
light skin injuries on body parts not
covered with clothing through
friction.
l
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge
you to tell the new owner of its air
bag systems and that familiarization
with all instructions about them,
from the Owner's Manual, is
important.
l
This highly-visible label warns
against the use of rear-facing childrestraint systems in the front seat.
24
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qSeat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility
of severe injury during accidents and
sudden stops. Mazda recommends that the
driver and all passengers always wear seat
belts.
With 3-point type seat belt for the rear
centre seat
All the seats have lap/shoulder belts.
These belts have retractors with inertia
locks that keep them out of the way when
not in use. The locks allow the belts to
remain comfortable on users, but they'll
lock in position during a collision.
With 2-point type seat belt for the rear
centre seat
The front and rear outboard seats have
lap/shoulder belts. These belts have
retractors with inertia locks that keep
them out of the way when not in use. The
locks allow the belts to remain
comfortable on users, but they'll lock in
position during a collision. The centrerear seat has a lap belt with manual
adjustment.
In some models (with automatic locking
mode), the rear outboard seat belt
retractors operate in two modes,
emergency locking mode and, for childrestraint systems, automatic locking
mode.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page33
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (33,1)
Occupant protection
WARNING
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make
sure all occupants are properly
restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely
dangerous. During a collision,
occupants not wearing seat belts could
hit someone or things inside the
vehicle or even be thrown out of the
vehicle. They could be seriously
injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts
would be much safer.
Do not operate a vehicle with a
damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is
dangerous. An accident could damage
the belt webbing of the seat belt in use.
A damaged seat belt cannot provide
adequate protection in a collision.
Have an expert repairer, we
recommend an Authorised Mazda
Repairer inspect all seat belt systems
in use during an accident before they
are used again.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a
collision, the full width of the belt is
not available to absorb the impact.
This puts more force on the bones
beneath the belt, which could cause
serious injury or death. So, if your seat
belt is twisted, you must straighten the
seat belt to remove any twists and to
allow the full width of the belt to be
used.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
Never use one seat belt on more than
one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one
person at a time is dangerous. A seat
belt used in this way cannot spread the
impact forces properly and the two
passengers could be crushed together
and seriously injured or even killed.
Never use one belt for more than one
person at a time and always operate
the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Positioning the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
25
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page34
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (34,1)
Occupant protection
WARNING
Instructions for Use of Seat Belt
Assemblies:
l Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, or the pelvis, chest and
shoulders, as applicable; wearing
the lap section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
l Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
l Care should be taken to avoid
contamination of the webbing with
polishes, oils and chemicals, and
particularly battery acid. Cleaning
may safely be carried out using
mild soap and water. The belt
should be replaced if webbing
becomes frayed, contaminated, or
damaged.
l It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in a
severe impact even if damage to the
assembly is not obvious.
l Belts should not be worn with
straps twisted.
l Each seat belt assembly must only
be used by one occupant; it is
dangerous to put a belt around a
child being carried on the
occupant's lap.
26
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
WARNING
l
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if
the belts and rings are soiled, so try to
keep them clean. For more details about
cleaning the seat belts.
Ring
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page35
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (35,1)
Occupant protection
qAirbags
NOTE
WARNING
Do not modify the front of your
vehicle in any way. This could
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags.
l Original text according to the
UNECE *1 94.01 regulation:
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front
of it!
*1 UNECE stands for United Nations
Economic Commission for Europe
l Wear a seat belt and keep sufficient
distance between yourself and the
steering wheel. Only when you use
the seat belt properly, can it hold
you in a position that allows the
airbag to achieve its optimum
effect. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 97).
l Have repairs to the steering wheel,
steering column, seats, airbags and
seat belts carried out by a properly
trained technician.
l Keep the areas in front of the
airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the
airbag covers.
l Do not poke sharp objects into
areas where airbags are fitted. This
could damage and adversely affect
deployment of the airbags.
l Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by a properly trained technician.
l
l
You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if
an airbag deploys. This is normal.
l
Only wipe airbag covers with a
damp cloth.
Driver and front passenger airbags
The driver and front passenger airbags
will deploy during significant frontal
collisions or collisions that are up to 30
degrees from the left or the right. The
airbags will inflate within a few
thousandths of a second and deflate on
contact with the occupants, thus
cushioning forward body movement.
During minor frontal collisions, overturns,
rear collisions and side collisions, the
driver and front passenger airbags will not
deploy.
27
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page36
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (36,1)
Occupant protection
Side airbags
Side airbags are fitted inside the seatback
of the front seats. A label indicates that
side airbags are fitted to your vehicle.
The side airbags will deploy during
significant lateral collisions. The airbags
will inflate within a few thousandths of a
second and deflate on contact with the
occupants, thus providing protection for
the chest and shoulder areas. During
minor lateral collisions, overturns, front
collisions and rear collisions, the side
airbags will not deploy.
Curtain airbags are fitted inside the trim
panels over the front and rear side
windows. Moulded badges in the B-pillar
trim panels indicate that curtain airbags
are fitted to your vehicle.
The curtain airbags will deploy during
significant lateral collisions. The airbag
will inflate within a few thousandths of a
second and deflate on contact with the
occupants, thus providing protection for
the head. During minor lateral collisions,
front collisions, rear collisions, or
overturns the curtain airbags will not
deploy.
qSeat belts
WARNING
l
Curtain airbags
l
l
l
l
l
28
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Wear a seat belt and keep sufficient
distance between yourself and the
steering wheel. Only when you use
the seat belt properly, can it hold
you in a position to achieve its
optimum effect. See Sitting in the
Correct Position (page 97).
Never use a seat belt for more than
one person.
Use the correct buckle for each seat
belt.
Do not use a seat belt that is slack
or twisted.
Do not wear thick clothing. The
seatbelt must fit tightly around your
body to achieve its optimum effect.
Position the shoulder strap of the
seat belt over the centre of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page37
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (37,1)
Occupant protection
The driver and front passenger seat belt
retractors are fitted with a seat belt
pretensioner. Seat belt pretensioners have
a lower deployment threshold than the
airbags. During minor collisions, it is
possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will deploy.
Status after a collision
WARNING
FASTENING THE SEAT
BELTS
WARNING
Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a distinct click. You have not
fastened the seat belt properly if you
do not hear a click.
Seat belts subjected to strain, as a
result of an accident, should be
renewed and the anchorages checked
by a properly trained technician.
29
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page38
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (38,1)
Occupant protection
Pull the belt out steadily. It may lock if
you pull it sharply or if the vehicle is on a
slope.
Press the red button on the buckle to
release the belt. Let it retract completely
and smoothly.
SEAT BELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT í
To raise or lower, pull the locking button
on the adjuster and move as necessary.
30
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page39
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (39,1)
Occupant protection
SEAT BELT REMINDER í
USING SEAT BELTS
DURING PREGNANCY
WARNING
The occupant protection system will
only provide optimum protection when
you use the seat belt properly.
Type 1: The seat belt warning lamp will
be illuminated for 6 seconds when the
ignition is turned on to remind the driver
to fasten the seatbelt.
Type 2: The seat belt reminder warning
lamp illuminates and an audible warning
will sound if the driver or front passenger
seat belt has not been fastened and the
vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed. It
will also illuminate if either of the seat
belt is unfastened when the vehicle is
moving. The audible warning will go off
after five minutes but the seat belt
reminder warning lamp will remain on
until the seat belt is fastened.
WARNING
Position the seat belt correctly for your
safety and that of your unborn child.
Do not use only the lap strap or the
shoulder strap.
Position the lap strap comfortably across
your hips and low beneath your pregnant
abdomen. Position the shoulder strap
between your breasts, above and to the
side of your pregnant abdomen.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
31
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page40
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (40,1)
Occupant protection
DISABLING THE
PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
Make sure that the passenger airbag is
disabled when using a rearward
facing child restraint on the front
passenger seat.
If the airbag warning lamp illuminates or
flashes when you are driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Remove the child
restraint and have the system checked
immediately.
qDisabling the passenger airbag í
A
B
Disabled
Enabled
Turn the switch to position A.
qFitting the passenger airbag
deactivation switch
WARNING
If you need to fit a child restraint on a
seat protected by an operational
airbag in front of it, have a passenger
airbag deactivation switch fitted. Ask
your dealer for further information.
NOTE
The key switch is located in the glove
compartment with an airbag
deactivation lamp in the instrument
panel.
32
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
When you switch the ignition on, the
passenger airbag OFF warning lamp
illuminates indicating that the passenger
airbag is disabled. For item location: See
At a Glance (page 3).
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page41
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (41,1)
Occupant protection
qEnabling the passenger airbag
WARNING
Make sure that the passenger airbag is
enabled when you are not using a
child restraint on the front passenger
seat.
Turn the switch to position B.
When you switch the ignition on, the
passenger airbag ON warning lamp
illuminates indicating that the passenger
airbag is enabled. For item location: See
At a Glance (page 3).
CONSTANT MONITORING
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
l
Crash sensors, and diagnostic module
(SAS unit)
l
Front air bag sensors
l
Air bag modules
l
Side crash sensors
l
Air bag/Seat belt pretensioner system
warning light
l
Seat belt pretensioners
l
Related wiring
The diagnostic module continuously
monitors the system's readiness. This
begins when the ignition is switched ON
and continues while the vehicle is being
driven.
33
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page42
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
34
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (42,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page43
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (43,1)
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION
ON RADIO FREQUENCIES
CAUTION
l
l
The radio frequency used by your
remote control can also be used by
other short distance radio
transmissions (e.g. amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless
headphones, remote controls and
alarm systems). If the frequencies are
jammed, you will not be able to use
your remote control. You can lock
and unlock the doors with the key.
Check your vehicle is locked before
leaving it unattended. This will
safeguard against any potential
malicious frequency blocking.
NOTE
You could unlock the doors if you press
the buttons on the remote control
unintentionally.
The operating range between your remote
control and your vehicle varies depending
on the environment.
PROGRAMMING THE
REMOTE CONTROL
NOTE
Additional remote controls can be
programmed only if the vehicle is
supplied with at least one remote
control.
A maximum of eight remote controls
(including the one supplied with your
vehicle) can be programmed. The remote
controls must remain inside the vehicle
during the programming procedure.
Fasten the front seat belts and close all
doors to ensure that conflicting chimes do
not sound during programming.
qProgramming a new remote control
1. To programmeme new remote controls
turn the ignition key to position II four
times within six seconds.
2. Turn the ignition to position 0. A tone
sounds to indicate that it is now
possible to programmeme the remote
controls for ten seconds.
3. Press any button on a new remote
control. A tone will sound as
confirmation.
4. Repeat this last step for all your remote
controls, including your original. Do
not remove the key from the ignition
when pressing the button on this
remote control.
35
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page44
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (44,1)
Keys and Remote Controls
5. Switch the ignition back on (position
II) or wait for ten seconds without
programming another remote control to
end the key programming. Only the
remote controls which you have just
programmed are now able to lock and
unlock the vehicle.
qReprogramming the unlocking
function
NOTE
When you press the unlock button
either all the doors are unlocked or only
the driver's door is unlocked. Pressing
the unlock button again unlocks all the
doors.
Press and hold the unlock and lock
buttons on the transmitter simultaneously
for at least four seconds with the ignition
off. The direction indicators will flash
twice to confirm the change.
To return to the original unlocking
function, repeat the process.
qProgramming the additional key
NOTE
The additional keys can be programmed
only if you already have two
programmed keys.
1. Insert the first key and switch on the
ignition.
2. Remove the key within 10 seconds.
3. Insert the second key within 10
seconds and switch on the ignition.
4. Remove the key within 10 seconds.
36
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
5. Insert the additional key within 10
seconds which need to be programmed.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page45
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (45,1)
Keys and Remote Controls
CHANGING THE REMOTE
CONTROL BATTERY
Make sure that you dispose of old
batteries in an environmentally friendly
way. Seek advice from your local
authority regarding recycling.
3. Carefully remove the cover.
4. Turn the remote control over to remove
the battery.
5. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032)
with the + facing upwards.
6. Replace the battery cover.
1. Insert a screwdriver in the position
shown and gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip down to release the
battery cover.
37
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page46
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (46,1)
Locks
qLocking and unlocking the doors
with the remote control
LOCKING AND
UNLOCKING
NOTE
Do not leave your keys in the vehicle.
qLocking and unlocking the doors
with the key
A
Automatic relocking: The doors will
relock automatically if you do not open a
door within 45 seconds of unlocking the
doors with the remote control. The door
locks and the alarm will return to their
previous state.
A
B
B
A
B
C
A
B
Unlock
Lock
Key fold/unfold button
Unlock
Lock
Press the button B once to unlock the
vehicle.
Press the button C once to activate central
locking.
NOTE
NOTE
To double lock the doors, turn the key
to the lock position twice within three
seconds.
38
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Central locking is activated only when
all the passenger doors are closed.
Press the button C twice within four
seconds to double lock the doors. í
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page47
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (47,1)
Locks
NOTE
Double locking is activated only when
all the passenger doors are closed and
the bonnet is closed in the vehicle fitted
with alarm.
WARNING
Do not activate double locking when
persons or animals are inside the
vehicle. You will not be able to unlock
the doors from inside if you have
double locked them.
Reprogramming the unlocking function
The unlocking function may be
reprogrammed so that only the driver's
door is unlocked. See Programming the
remote control (page 35).
Locking and unlocking confirmation
NOTE
When you lock the doors, the direction
indicators will flash once.
When you double lock the doors, the
direction indicators will flash twice.
When you unlock the doors the
direction indicators will flash one long
flash.
NOTE
If the ignition is switched on with the
double locking function activated, the
lock will automatically return to single
lock stage.
Double locking is a theft protection
feature that prevents someone from
opening the doors from the inside.
qChild play protection function
If the remote control buttons are pressed
continuously several times, the locking
and unlocking function will be blocked
for awhile to avoid door latches from
overheating.
qLocking and unlocking the doors
from inside
NOTE
l
The driver's door can be unlocked
with the key. This needs to be used if
the remote control is not functioning.
l
If the vehicle remains locked for
several weeks, the remote control
will be disabled. The vehicle must be
unlocked and the engine started
using the key. Unlocking and starting
the vehicle once will enable the
remote control.
Press the button. For item location. See At
a Glance (page 3).
39
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page48
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (48,1)
Locks
qDriver configuration mode
NOTE
This operation has to be done within 30
seconds.
1. Switch the ignition ON.
Press the central lock or unlock button
three times within three seconds and wait
for three seconds to toggle the automatic
unlocking function.
If the automatic unlocking function is
enabled:
l
2. Press door lock button three times.
3. Switch the ignition OFF.
4. Press door lock button three times.
5. Switch the ignition ON.
6. Press door lock button two times.
The system will chirp to indicate that the
driver configuration mode is enabled.
Once in driver configuration mode, follow
the steps mentioned below to toggle the
status of the automatic locking by speed
or automatic unlocking.
All doors will be unlocked while
opening the driver door or front
passenger door (vehicles not delivered
with remote control) from inside, with
the key in ignition.
If the automatic unlocking function is
disabled:
l
Only the respective door will be
unlocked while opening from inside.
NOTE
Opening the rear doors will never
unlock the other doors, when opened
from inside.
Automatic locking by speed
NOTE
Automatic locking by speed is default
disabled.
Press the central lock or unlock button
twice within three seconds and wait for
three seconds to toggle the automatic
locking by speed function. The system
will chirp when toggling.
Automatic unlocking
NOTE
Automatic unlock is default enabled.
40
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qLocking the doors individually
with the key
NOTE
If the central locking function fails to
operate, the doors can be individually
locked using the key in the position
shown.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page49
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (49,1)
Locks
Left-hand side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-hand side
Turn anti-clockwise to lock.
Unlocking
NOTE
l
If the child safety locks have also
been activated, pulling the internal
lever will only deactivate the
emergency locking and not the child
safety lock. The doors can only be
opened using the external door
handle.
l
If the doors have been unlocked,
they have to be locked individually
using this method until the central
locking function has been repaired.
Unlock the driver's door using the
key. The other doors can be unlocked
individually by pulling the interior
door handles on those doors.
41
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page50
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (50,1)
Engine immobiliser
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
The engine immobiliser is a theft
protection system that prevents someone
from starting the engine with an
incorrectly coded key.
CAUTION
l
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
l
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
l
l
l
l
l
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as the
instrument panel or bonnet, under
direct sunlight.
If the engine does not start with the
correct key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorised
Mazda Repairer.
Modification and Add-On Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
42
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page51
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (51,1)
Engine immobiliser
CODED KEYS
NOTE
l
Do not shield your keys with metal
objects. This may prevent the
receiver from recognising your key
as a valid one.
l
Have all of your remaining keys
erased and recoded if you lose a key.
Ask your repairer for further
information. Have replacement keys
recoded together with your existing
keys.
ARMING THE ENGINE
IMMOBILISER
The engine immobiliser is armed
automatically a short time after you have
switched the ignition off.
The indicator in the instrument cluster
will flash to confirm that the system is
operating.
If you lose a key, you can obtain are
placement from your Authorised Mazda
Repairer. If possible, provide them with
the key number from the tag provided
with the original keys. You can also
obtain additional keys from your
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
43
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page52
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Engine immobiliser
DISARMING THE
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
The engine immobiliser is disarmed
automatically when you switch the
ignition on with a correctly coded key.
The indicator in the instrument cluster
will come on for approximately three
seconds and then go out. If the indicator
stays on for one minute or flashes for
approximately one minute and then
repeatedly at irregular intervals, your key
has not been recognised. Remove the key
and try again.
If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, this indicates a
malfunction. Have the immobiliser
checked immediately.
44
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (52,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page53
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (53,1)
Alarm
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
WARNING
l
Your vehicle may have one of the
following alarm systems:
l
Perimeter alarm with interior sensors.
l
Perimeter alarm with interior sensors
and battery back-up sounder.
The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against
unauthorised access to your vehicle
through the doors and the bonnet.
l
l
l
Interior sensors
Do not cover up the interior lamp
unit sensors.
Do not arm the alarm with full
guard if passengers, animals or
other moving objects are inside
your vehicle.
Do not leave the rear seat cushion
folded up in the double cab when
the interior sensors are armed.
Do not leave the glasses holder
open.
NOTE
l
To permanently deactivate the
interior motion sensor, see an
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
l
Fuel fired heater may trigger false
alarms. If you are using the fuel fired
heater, direct the air flow towards the
foot well.
Alarm Horn
Arming the alarm will activate the interior
sensors. See Arming the alarm (page
47).
Battery back-up sounder
The battery back-up sounder is an extra
alarm system which will sound a siren
when the alarm is triggered. When you
lock your vehicle the system is armed.
The sounder has its own battery and will
sound an alarm siren even if someone
disconnects your vehicle battery or the
battery back-up sounder itself.
45
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page54
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (54,1)
Alarm
qTriggering the alarm
Reduced Guard
Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any
of the following ways:
l
If someone opens a door or the bonnet
without a valid key or remote control.
l
If someone removes the multi function
display.
l
If you switch the ignition on without a
valid key.
l
If the interior sensors detect movement
within the vehicle.
l
On vehicles with a battery back-up
sounder, if someone disconnects the
vehicle battery or the battery back-up
sounder itself.
If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn
will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard
warning flasher will flash for five
minutes.
Any further attempts to perform one of
the above will trigger the alarm again.
qFull and Reduced Guard
í
Full Guard
Full guard is the standard setting.
In full guard, the interior sensors are on
when you arm the alarm.
NOTE
This may result in false alarms if
animals or moving objects are inside
your vehicle.
46
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
NOTE
To switch this feature on or off, see an
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
In reduced guard, the interior sensors are
off when you arm the alarm.
NOTE
Reduced guard is available only on
vehicles with remote central locking.
Selecting Full or Reduced Guard
Locking the doors with the key will
activate reduced guard.
To deactivate reduced guard, unlock the
doors with the key or remote control.
To activate full guard, lock the doors with
the remote control.
NOTE
You can set the alarm to reduced guard
for the current locking cycle only. The
alarm will reset to full guard the next
time you unlock and then relock the
vehicle with the remote control.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page55
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (55,1)
Alarm
ARMING THE ALARM
To arm the alarm, lock the vehicle. See
Locks (page 38).
DISARMING THE ALARM
Disarm and silence the alarm by
unlocking the doors with the key and
inserting the key into the ignition switch
with a correctly coded key within 12
seconds, or unlocking the doors with the
remote control.
47
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page56
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:30 PM
Black plate (56,1)
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE
STEERING WHEEL
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel when
the vehicle is moving.
NOTE
Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the
Correct Position (page 97).
2
1
3
48
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
WARNING
Make sure that you fully engage the
locking lever when returning it to its
original position.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page57
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (57,1)
Steering Wheel
AUDIO CONTROL
A
B
C
D
E
Volume up
Seek up
Volume down
Seek down
Mode
VOICE CONTROL í
A
Voice control
qMode
Press and hold the mode button to select
the audio source.
Press the mode button to:
l
tune the radio to the next preset station
l
accept an incoming telephone call
l
end a telephone call.
qSeek
Press the voice control button to select or
deselect voice control.
For further information: See Voice
control (page 49).
Press the seek button to:
l
tune the radio to the next station up or
down the frequency band
l
play the next or the previous CD track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
l
tune the radio up or down the
frequency band
l
seek through a CD track.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
49
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page58
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (58,1)
Wipers and Washers
WINDSCREEN WIPERS
AUTOWIPERS
CAUTION
Operating this function with the engine
off will drain the battery.
WARNING
l
l
l
A
B
C
D
Single wipe
Intermittent wipe or auto wipers
Normal wipe
High speed wipe
l
Do not switch autowipers on in dry
weather conditions. The rain sensor
is very sensitive and the wipers may
operate if dirt, mist or flies hit the
windscreen.
Replace the wiper blades as soon as
they begin to leave bands of water
and smears. If you do not replace
them, the rain sensor will continue
to detect water on the windscreen
and the wipers will operate, even
though the majority of the
windscreen is dry.
Fully defrost the windscreen in icy
conditions before you switch
autowipers on.
Switch autowipers off before you
enter a car wash.
qIntermittent wipe
A
B
C
Long wipe interval
Intermittent wipe
Short wipe interval
50
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
A
B
C
High sensitivity
On
Low sensitivity
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page59
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (59,1)
Wipers and Washers
If you switch autowipers on, the wipers
will not cycle until water is detected on
the windscreen. The rain sensor will then
continuously measure the amount of water
on the windscreen and adjust the speed of
the wipers automatically.
Adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor by
turning switch on the wiper lever. With
low sensitivity, the wipers will operate
when the sensor detects a lot of water on
the windscreen. With high sensitivity, the
wipers will operate if the sensor detects a
small amount of water on the windscreen.
WINDSCREEN WASHERS
CAUTION
Operating this function with the engine
off will drain the battery.
WARNING
Do not operate the windscreen
washers for more than 10 seconds or
when the reservoir is empty.
51
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page60
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (60,1)
Wipers and Washers
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
CHANGING THE
WIPER BLADES
qChanging the windscreen wiper
blades
NOTE
l
The windscreen wiper blades are
different in length.
l
If you install wiper blades of the
wrong length, the wiper blades can
clash damaging the wiper system.
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge
of the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blade lips with water
applied with a soft sponge.
1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away
from the glass.
2. Press and hold the locking button.
52
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page61
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (61,1)
Wipers and Washers
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
NOTE
Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
53
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page62
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (62,1)
Lighting
LIGHTING CONTROL
qLighting control positions
qApproach lamps
The side lamps and number plate lamps
will come on and stay illuminated for 25
seconds when the vehicle is unlocked
with the remote control.
If a door is opened, the lights will stay on
until the door is closed, ignition is turned
on or for 10 minutes.
qEmergency stop signal
A
B
C
D
Off
Auto-light control
Headlamps
Side and tail lamps
qHigh and dipped beam
Push the lever forward to switch between
high and dipped beam.
Headlamp flasher
Pull the lever towards the steering wheel.
54
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Your Mazda is equipped with an
emergency stop signal system that is
designed to determine whether you are
depressing the brake pedal with greater
force than during normal braking such as
in a situation requiring emergency
braking. If the system determines that
such a situation is occurring, it flashes all
the direction indicators rapidly to caution
the driver of the vehicle following behind
your vehicle of the sudden braking
situation.
The system is cancelled when the brake
pedal is released or the system determines
that the brake pedal is no longer heavily
depressed based on the rate at which the
vehicle speed decreases.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page63
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (63,1)
Lighting
AUTOLAMPS
NOTE
l
If you bring your vehicle to a
complete stop while all the direction
indicators are flashing rapidly, the
rapid flashing of all the direction
indicators changes back to the
normal flashing pattern.
l
The emergency stop signal system
does not operate at vehicle speeds
under about 50 km/h (30 mph).
l
If the brake pedal is depressed while
driving on slippery roads, the
emergency stop signal system could
operate causing all the turn and lane
change signals to flash.
WARNING
In severe weather conditions, it maybe
necessary to switch your headlamps
on manually.
NOTE
If you have switched autolamps on, you
can only switch the high beam on when
autolamps has switched the headlamps
on.
The headlamps will come on and go off
automatically depending on the ambient
light.
55
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page64
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (64,1)
Lighting
FRONT FOG LAMPS í
REAR FOG LAMPS í
qControl lever
WARNING
WARNING
Only use the front fog lamps when
visibility is considerably restricted by
fog, snow or rain.
NOTE
You cannot switch the front fog lamps
on unless you have switched the
headlamps on.
56
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
l
l
Only use the rear fog lamps when
visibility is restricted to less than 50
metres (164 feet).
Do not use the rear fog lamps when
it is raining or snowing and
visibility is more than 50 metres
(164 feet).
NOTE
You cannot switch the rear fog lamps
on unless you have switched the
headlamps and front fog lamp on.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page65
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (65,1)
Lighting
HEADLAMP LEVELLING í
A
B
A
B
Without headlamp levelling
With headlamp levelling
You can adjust the level of the headlamp
beams according to the vehicle load.
A
B
Raised headlamp beams
Lowered headlamp beams
Set the headlamp levelling control to zero
when your vehicle is unloaded. Set it to
provide illumination between 35 and 100
metres (114 and 328 feet) when your
vehicle is partially or fully loaded.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
57
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page66
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (66,1)
Lighting
HAZARD WARNING
FLASHERS
For item location: See At a Glance (page
3).
58
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
DIRECTION INDICATORS
A
B
Right-hand side
Left-hand side
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page67
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (67,1)
Lighting
INTERIOR LAMPS
CHANGING A BULB
qCourtesy lamp
WARNING
l
l
Switch the lights and the ignition
off.
Let the engine compartment and
the bulb cool down before removing
it.
CAUTION
A
B
C
Off
Door contact
On
If you set the switch to position B, the
courtesy lamp will come on when you
unlock or open a door. If you leave a door
open with the ignition switch off, the
courtesy lamp will go off automatically
after some time to prevent the vehicle
battery from discharging. To switch it
back on, switch on the ignition for a short
time.
The courtesy lamp will also come on
when you switch off the ignition. It will
go off automatically after a short time or
when you start or restart the engine.
If you set the switch to position C with
the ignition switch off, the courtesy lamp
will come on. It will go off automatically
after a short time to prevent the vehicle
battery from discharging. To switch it
back on, switch on the ignition for a short
time.
Only fit bulbs of the correct
specification. See Bulb Specification
Chart (page 66).
NOTE
The following instructions describe
how to remove the bulbs. Fit
replacements in the reverse order unless
otherwise stated.
You may notice fogging or small water
droplets in the lamp units from time to
time. This does not affect the function of
the lamp, and will clear when the lamps
are turned on and the vehicle is driven.
NOTE
If in any doubt about any of the
following bulb replacement procedures,
please have the bulb replaced by your
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
59
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page68
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (68,1)
Lighting
qHeadlights high and low beam
CAUTION
l
Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
l
Ensure bulb is correctly seated
before replacing the spring clip.
Checking the bulb location through
the front of the headlamp lens can be
a useful aid to ensuring the bulb is
correctly aligned.
qSide lamps and front direction
indicators
Side lamp
1
1. Remove the bulb.
Front direction indicator
1
3
1. Open the bonnet. See Opening and
Closing the Bonnet (page 169).
2
2. Disconnect the electrical connector by
pressing in the spring releases on both
sides of the connector.
3. Remove the rubber boot.
4. Release the bulb retaining spring clip
and remove the bulb.
5. Insert the replacement bulb and retain it
using the spring clip.
NOTE
Ensure that the rubber boot seals
correctly against the bulb and headlight
housing and that it is not out of shape
while installing.
60
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
4
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page69
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (69,1)
Lighting
1. Remove the screw.
qSide direction indicator light
2. Remove the retainers.
3. Partially peel back the mudguard.
4. Remove the bulb.
qFront fog lamps
1. Slide the lens to the rear and remove it.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
qExterior mirror lamps
NOTE
You cannot separate the bulb from the
bulb holder.
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.
2. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise
and remove it.
A
A
Side direction indicator light
NOTE
These are not serviceable items, please
consult your repairer if they fail.
61
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page70
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (70,1)
Lighting
qRear lamps
1. Open the tailgate.
Type 1
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the rear lamp.
4. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise
and remove it.
3
5. Remove the bulb.
Type 2
2
3
5
A
4
A
B
C
Direction indicator
Tail and brake lamp
Reversing lamp
B
1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the lens.
5
4
C
A
B
C
Tail and brake lamp
Direction indicator
Reversing lamp/Rear fog lamp
62
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
3. Remove the bulb.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page71
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (71,1)
Lighting
qNumber plate lamp
qInterior lamp
Type 1
Freestyle and double cab
1. Carefully prise out the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise
and remove it.
1. Slide the unit away from the connector
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb.
2. Remove the connector with bulb.
qFront map lamp
3. Remove the bulb.
Without alarm sensor
Type 2
1. Carefully prise out the lamp.
1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the lens.
2. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb.
3. Remove the bulb.
63
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page72
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (72,1)
Lighting
With alarm sensor
qCentre high mount stop lamp
Type 1
1. Carefully prise out the lamp.
2. For reading lamps, turn the bulb holder
anti-clockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb.
4. For centre lamp, carefully prise out the
lamp lens.
5. Remove the bulb.
64
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page73
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (73,1)
Lighting
1. Remove the cover.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Carefully prise out the lamp.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Remove the bulb holder by turning it to
45 degree anticlockwise.
6. Remove the bulbs.
65
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page74
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (74,1)
Lighting
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Bulb
Headlights high and low beam
Front direction indicator
Side lamp
Front fog lamp
Side direction indicator light*
Rear direction indicator
Tail and brake lamp
Reversing lamp
Rear fog lamp
Number plate lamp
Interior lamp
Centre high mount stop lamp
Specification
H4
P21W
W5W
H11
―
WY21W
W21/5W
W21W
W21W
W5W
W5W
W5W
Power (watts)
55/60
21
5
55
5
21
21/5
21
21
5
5
5
* Bulb replacement is not possible as the bulb is an integral part of the unit. The side direction indicator light unit
has to be changed.
66
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page75
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (75,1)
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS
NOTE
l
If you operate the switches often
during a short period of time, the
system might become inoperable for
a certain time to prevent damage due
to overheating.
l
If you operate both the switch on the
relevant door and the switch for that
window on the driver's door at the
same time, the window will stop
moving.
WARNING
Do not operate the electric windows
unless they are free from obstruction.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or
even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury or
even death. This warning applies
especially to children.
Always lock all passenger power
windows with the power window lock
switch on the driver's side while
children are in the vehicle, and never
allow children to play with power
window switches:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would allow
children to operate power windows
unintentionally which could result in
serious injury if a child's hands, head
or neck becomes caught by the
window.
CAUTION
Switch on the ignition to operate the
electric windows.
qDriver's door switches (Double cab)
You can operate all the windows with the
switches on the door trim panel of the
driver's door.
B
A
A
B
Open
Close
To prevent burning out the fuse and
damaging the power window system,
do not open or close more than three
windows at once.
67
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page76
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (76,1)
Windows and Mirrors
qDriver's door switches (Regulare
and Freestyle cab)
qSafety switch for the rear windows
B
A
A switch in the driver's door disables the
rear and front passenger electric window
switches.
A
B
qResetting the memory of the
electric windows
Open
Close
qFront and rear passenger's door
switches
WARNING
The anti-trap function is deactivated
until you have reset the memory.
B
A
In the event of a flat battery or after the
battery has been disconnected from the
vehicle, you must reset the memory
separately for each window.
1. Open the window.
2. Lift and hold the switch to second
action point until the window is fully
closed.
A
B
Open
Close
qOpening and closing the windows
automatically (Driver's window only)
Press or lift the switch to the second
action point and release it. Press or lift it
again to stop the window.
68
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
3. Hold the switch lifted for one more
second and release.
4. Open the window using the first action
point and try to close it automatically
using second action point.
5. If the window dose not open or close
automatically when the switch is
pressed or lifted to second action
points, repeat the procedure.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page77
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (77,1)
Windows and Mirrors
qSafety mode
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
WARNING
The anti-trap function is not active
during this procedure.
If the system detects a malfunction, it
enters a safety mode. The windows will
move for only about 0.5 seconds at a time
and then stop again. Close the windows
by pressing the switch again when the
windows stop moving. Have this checked
immediately.
qOverriding the anti-trap function
CAUTION
While you close the window (auto-up)
for the third time with the obstacle in
the way, the anti-trap function is
disabled. Make sure there are no
obstacles in the way of the closing
window.
WARNING
Do not overestimate the distance of the
objects that you see in the convex
mirror. Objects seen in convex mirrors
will appear smaller and further away
than they actually are.
qManual folding mirrors
Folding
Push the mirror towards the door window
glass.
Unfolding
Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to
its original position.
To override this protection function when
there is a resistance, for example, in the
winter, proceed as follows:
1. Close the window twice until it reaches
the resistance and let it reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the
resistance. The anti-trap function is
disabled and you cannot close the
window automatically. The window
will override the resistance and you can
fully close it manually.
3. If the window does not close after the
third attempt, have it checked by a
properly trained technician.
69
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page78
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (78,1)
Windows and Mirrors
ELECTRIC EXTERIOR
MIRRORS
WARNING
The electric exterior mirrors are fitted
with a heating element that will defrost or
demist the mirror glass. See Heated
Windows (page 96).
qElectric folding mirrors
Do not overestimate the distance of the
objects that you see in the convex
mirror. Objects seen in convex mirrors
will appear smaller and further away
than they actually are.
B
A
C
To fold and unfold the mirrors, briefly
press the switch. If the switch is pressed
again while the mirrors are moving, they
will stop and reverse the direction of
movement.
A
B
C
Left-hand mirror
Off
Right-hand mirror
70
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page79
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (79,1)
Windows and Mirrors
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
NOTE
Do not clean the housing or glass of any
mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or
other petroleum or ammonia-based
cleaning products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
qAuto-Dimming Mirror í
NOTE
Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror
performance may be affected. A rear
centre passenger or raised rear centre
head restraint may also block light from
reaching the sensor.
The mirror will dim automatically to
reduce glare when bright lights are
detected from behind your vehicle. It will
automatically return to normal reflection
when you select reverse gear to make sure
you have a clear view when backing up.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
71
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page80
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
72
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (80,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page81
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (81,1)
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
The equipment and installation position
varies by vehicle
A
B
C
D
If the needle enters the red section, the
engine is overheating. Stop the engine,
switch the ignition off and determine the
cause once the engine has cooled down.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 178).
qFuel gauge
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol tells you on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler cap is located.
G
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
F
E
Tachometer
Fuel gauge
(Two types: E―F display and 0―1
display)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Speedometer
Illumination dimming button
Information display
Trip computer display select and reset
button
qEngine coolant temperature gauge
Shows the temperature of the engine
coolant. At normal operating temperature,
the needle will remain in the centre
section.
CAUTION
Do not restart the engine until the cause
of overheating has been resolved.
73
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page82
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (82,1)
Instrument Cluster
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
qABS warning lamp í
The following warning lamps and
indicators will come on briefly when you
switch the ignition on to confirm that the
system is operational:
l
ABS warning lamp
l
Vehicle immobiliser indicator
l
Brake system warning lamp
l
Ignition warning lamp
l
Airbag warning lamp
l
Low fuel level warning lamp
l
Dynamic stability control (DSC)
indicator
l
Oil pressure warning lamp
l
Oil Change Reminder Indicator (Diesel
only)
l
Engine warning lamps
l
Four-wheel drive indicator
l
Four-wheel drive low (4L) indicator
l
Electronic locking differential (ELD)
indicator
l
Water-in-fuel indicator (Diesel only)
l
Washer fluid level indicator
l
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
l
Ice/Frost warning indicator
If it illuminates when you are driving, this
indicates a malfunction. You will continue
to have normal braking (without ABS).
Have the system checked by a properly
trained technician as soon as possible.
qVehicle immobiliser indicator í
The immobiliser indicator will blink if the
key is removed from the ignition or a
wrong key is inserted.
qBrake system warning lamp
It illuminates when the parking brake is
engaged.
74
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page83
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (83,1)
Instrument Cluster
WARNING
qLow fuel level warning lamp
Reduce your speed gradually and stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so. Use your brakes with care.
If it illuminates when you are driving,
check that the parking brake is not
engaged. If the parking brake is not
engaged, this indicates a malfunction.
Have the system checked by a properly
trained technician immediately.
If the low fuel level warning lamp comes
on, refuel as soon as possible.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol tells you on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler cap is located.
qIgnition warning lamp
qLow tyre pressure warning í
If the ignition warning lamp comes on
when you are driving, switch off all
unnecessary electrical equipment and
have this checked immediately Have this
checked by an expert.
Will illuminate when your tyre pressure is
low. If the lamp remains on with the
engine running or when driving, check
your tyre pressure as soon as possible.
qAirbag warning lamp
It will also illuminate momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not
illuminate when you switch the ignition
on, or begins to flash at any time, have the
system checked by an expert repairer, we
recommend an Authorised Mazda
Repairer.
If it illuminates while driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Have this
checked as soon as possible.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
75
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page84
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (84,1)
Instrument Cluster
qDynamic stability control (DSC)
indicator í
While driving, it flashes during activation
of the system. After switching on the
ignition, if it does not illuminate or
illuminates continuously while driving,
this indicates a malfunction. During a
malfunction, the system switches off.
Have the system checked by a properly
trained technician as soon as possible.
If you switch DSC off, the lamp will flash
twice and remain illuminated. The lamp
will go out when you switch the system
back on or when you switch the ignition
off.
qOil pressure warning lamp
CAUTION
Do not resume your journey if the oil
pressure warning lamp comes on
despite the oil level being correct. Have
this checked immediately.
76
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
If the oil pressure warning lamp comes on
when you are driving, this indicates a
malfunction. Stop, and switch the engine
off and check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil Check (page 177).
qOil Change Reminder Indicator
(Diesel only)
The oil change reminder indicator informs
that the engine requires an engine oil
change due to excessive build up of soot
within the engine oil.
qEngine warning lamps
Malfunction indicator lamp
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page85
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (85,1)
Instrument Cluster
Powertrain warning lamp
qFour-wheel drive indicator í
All vehicles
The four-wheel drive indicator lamp will
come on when the transfer shift switch is
in the 4H or 4L position. This will flash
while engaging to 4H or 4L. See
Electronic Locking Differential (page
125).
If either lamp illuminates when the engine
is running, this indicates a fault. The
engine will continue to run but it may
have limited power. If it flashes when you
are driving, reduce the speed of your
vehicle immediately. If it continues to
flash, avoid heavy acceleration or
deceleration. Have the system checked by
a properly trained technician immediately.
qFour-wheel drive low (4L) indicator í
WARNING
Have this checked immediately.
If both lamps illuminate together, stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
(continued use may cause reduced power
and cause the engine to stop). Turn the
ignition off and attempt to restart the
engine. If the engine restarts have the
system checked by a properly trained
technician immediately. If the engine does
not restart the vehicle must be checked
before continuing your journey.
The four-wheel drive low (4L) indicator
lamp will come on when the transfer shift
switch is in 4L position. It will flash while
engaging to 4L position. See Electronic
Locking Differential (page 125).
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
77
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page86
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (86,1)
Instrument Cluster
qElectronic locking differential
(ELD) indicator í
The ELD indicator lamp will come on
when the rear differential is locked. The
lamp will flash if an error has been
detected or if the engage or disengage
request cannot be completed. See
Electronic Locking Differential (page
125).
qWasher fluid level indicator í
It illuminates when the windscreen
washer fluid level goes below the
minimum mark. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 181).
qDPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) í
qWater-in-fuel indicator í
If this illuminates, have the system
checked by a properly trained technician
as soon as possible.
The water-in-fuel indicator lamp will
come on if there is excess water in the fuel
filter. Drain off the water immediately.
See Draining the Fuel Filter Water
Trap (page 180).
qIce/Frost warning indicator í
WARNING
Even if the temperature rises to above
+4 °C (39 °F) there is no guarantee
that the road is free of hazards caused
by inclement weather.
78
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page87
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (87,1)
Instrument Cluster
It will illuminate and glow orange when
the outside air temperature is between
4 °C and 0 °C (39 °F and 32 °F). It will
glow red when the temperature is below
0 °C (32 °F).
Left side turn indicator
qDoor open warning lamp
The direction indicator will flash when
you use the direction indicators. A sudden
increase in the rate of flashing warns of a
failed bulb.
qHeadlamp indicator
The door open warning lamp will come
on when you switch the ignition on and if
you have not closed the doors properly.
qGlow plug indicator - For Diesel
vehicles
The headlamp indicator will come on
when you switch the side and tail lamps
on.
qHigh beam indicator
See Starting a Diesel Engine (page 116).
qDirection indicators
Right side turn indicator
The high beam indicator will come on
when you switch the headlamp high beam
on. It will flash when you use the
headlamp flasher.
79
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page88
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (88,1)
Instrument Cluster
qFront fog lamp indicator í
The front fog lamp indicator will come on
when you switch the front fog lamps on.
qRear fog lamp indicator í
qGear shift indicator lamp
(Manual only)
It will illuminate to inform you that
shifting to a higher gear may give better
fuel economy and lower CO2 emissions.
qCruise control í
The rear fog lamp indicator lamp will
come on when you switch the rear fog
lamps on.
qSeat belt indicator
See Seat belt reminder (page 31).
80
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
It will illuminate when you have set a
speed using the cruise control system.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page89
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (89,1)
Instrument Cluster
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
AND INDICATORS
qDoor open warning
The door open warning chime will sound
if the vehicle speed exceeds
approximately 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and you
have not closed the doors.
qLights on warning
The lights on warning chime will sound if
you the key is not in position II or III and
open any door before switching off the
lights.
qNot in park warning
The not in park warning chime will sound
if the automatic transmission lever is not
in park position and you open the driver's
door.
qTurn indicator
The turn indicator chime will sound when
the left or right turn indicator is activated.
qDirection indicators warning
The direction indicator warning chime
will sound if the left or right direction
indicator is left on and driven for more
than approximately 3.2 km (1.98 miles).
qSeat belt reminder
The seat belt warning chime will sound if
the driver's and/or passenger's seat belt is
unbuckled and the vehicle speed exceeds
approximately 25 km/h (15.5 mph).
qAlarm warning
The parking brake warning chime will
sound if the parking brake is left engaged
and the vehicle speed exceeds
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
The alarm warning chime will sound if
the vehicle is unlocked with the
mechanical key and not the transmitter.
The chime will sound for up to 12
seconds until the unlock button is pressed
on the transmitter or a correctly coded key
is inserted into the ignition and turned to
position II or III. If 12 second elapses
before this occurs, the vehicle alarm will
sound.
qRestraints back-up warning
qKey in ignition warning
The restraints back-up warning chime will
sound if there is a malfunction in the
restraints warning lamp. 5 sets of 5 tone
bursts will be heard every 30 minutes.
The key in ignition warning chime will
sound if the key is inserted into the
ignition(but not turned to position II or
III) and the driver's door is opened.
qLow fuel level warning
qOver speed warning í
Low fuel level warning chime will sound
when the low fuel level warning lamp is
activated and/or the information display is
showing 80, 40, 20, 0 km (50, 25, 10, 0
miles) remaining.
Over speed warning chime will sound if
the vehicle speed exceeds approximately
120 km/h (74.5 mph) indicated.
qParking brake warning
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
81
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page90
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Instrument Cluster
qLow washer fluid warning í
Low washer fluid warning chime will
sound if the washer fluid level in the
washer bottle is low.
qMissed lock warning
Missed lock warning chime will sound if
the door is not locked after pressing the
lock button.
NOTE
This feature is default off. To activate it,
contact your Authorised Mazda
Repairer.
82
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (90,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page91
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (91,1)
Information Displays
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
TRIP COMPUTER
qControls
Do not operate the information display
controls when the vehicle is moving.
NOTE
The information display will remain on
for several minutes after you switch off
the ignition.
For item location: See Gauges (page 73).
Press the SET/RESET button less than 2
seconds to:
l
Select between the trip computer
displays
Press and hold the SET/RESET button
for more than two seconds to:
A
B
C
l
Reset trip A
l
Reset trip B
l
Reset average fuel consumption
l
Reset average speed
Gear display (auto transmission only)
Trip computer display
Odometer display
qOdometer
Registers the total mileage of the vehicle.
83
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page92
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (92,1)
Information Displays
The trip computer display includes the
following information displays:
Registers the mileage of individual
journeys.
qDistance to empty
qTripmeter (A and B)
Indicates the approximate distance the
vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern may
cause the value to vary.
84
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page93
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (93,1)
Information Displays
qAverage fuel consumption
Indicates the current average fuel
consumption.
qAverage speed
Indicates the average fuel consumption
since the function was last reset.
qInstantaneous fuel consumption
Indicates the average speed calculated
since the function was last reset.
85
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page94
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (94,1)
Information Displays
qOutside air temperature í
PERSONALISED
SETTINGS
qLanguage setting
Shows the outside air temperature.
NOTE
The position of the trip computer
display may vary depending on the
information shown in the display.
A
B
Language set menu active
Language title display
A choice of eleven languages are
available from 01 to 11 in the order shown
below:
01: English - GB
02: Swedish - S
03: German - D
04: Dutch - NL
05: French - F
06: Italian - I
07: Spanish - E
08: Portuguese - P
09: Turkish - TR
10: Russian - RUS
11: Polish - PL
To enter the language set menu:
1. With ignition off, press and hold the
light dimming button. For item
location: See Gauges (page 73). and
switch ignition to on.
2. The display will show the language set
menu active.
3. Press the SET/RESET to select
between the different languages.
86
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page95
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (95,1)
Information Displays
4. Press and hold the SET/RESET button
to set the currently displayed language.
5. A chime will be heard to confirm the
selection.
6. The display will then return to normal
operation.
qUnits of measure
To select metric or imperial units for
outside temperature display:
1. Change display mode to “Outside
Temperature.”
2. Press and hold the SET/RESET button
for more than two seconds and the
units will change.
Toggling the units of measure using this
display will affect the following displays:
l
Outside air temperature.
l
The temperature display in the
automatic air-conditioning.
l
The set temperature in the multifunction display.
87
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page96
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (96,1)
Air-Conditioning
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
qOutside air
Keep the air intakes forward of the
windscreen free from obstruction (snow,
leaves etc.) to allow the air-conditioning
system to function effectively.
qRecirculated air
CAUTION
Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to mist up. If the
windows mist up, follow the settings
for defrosting and demisting the
windscreen.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment will be recirculated. Outside
air will not enter the vehicle.
qHeating
Heating performance depends on the
temperature of the engine coolant.
qAir conditioning
NOTE
l
The air conditioning operates only
when the temperature is above 4 °C
(39 °F).
l
If you use the air conditioning, the
fuel consumption of your vehicle
will be higher.
88
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Air is directed through the evaporator
where it is cooled. Humidity is extracted
from the air to help keep the windows free
of mist. The resulting condensation is
directed to the outside of the vehicle and it
is therefore normal if you see a small pool
of water under your vehicle.
qGeneral information on
controlling the interior climate
Fully close all the windows.
qWarming the interior
Direct the air towards your feet. In cold or
humid weather conditions, direct some of
the air towards the windscreen and the
door windows.
qCooling the interior
Direct the air towards your face.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page97
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (97,1)
Air-Conditioning
AIR VENTS
MANUAL CLIMATE
CONTROL
qAir distribution control
A
B
C
D
E
Face level
Face level and footwell
Footwell
Footwell and windscreen
Windscreen
You can set the air distribution control to
any of the indicated positions. A small
amount of air is directed towards the
windscreen in positions B and C.
89
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page98
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (98,1)
Air-Conditioning
qBlower
qRecirculated air
Press the recirculated air button to toggle
between outside air and recirculated air.
qSystem settings
NOTE
Set all controls to the positions shown.
A
Off
Heating the interior quickly
qTemperature control
Select the outside air.
Blue
Red
A/C
MAX
Cold
Warm
Maximum cooling
90
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page99
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (99,1)
Air-Conditioning
Ventilation
Cooling with outside air
B
A
B
A
Face level and footwell
Face level
Set the air distribution control to position
A or position B. Set the blower and
temperature to any position and select the
outside air. Open the air vents to suit
individual requirements.
Switch the air conditioning on and select
the outside air.
Cooling the interior quickly
Switching the air conditioning on and
off
Selecting the A/C MAX will provide
maximum occupant cooling. To switch
the A/C MAX off deselect the A/C or
recirculated air.
Defrosting and demisting the
windscreen quickly
Press the A/C button to switch the air
conditioning on and off.
91
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page100
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (100,1)
Air-Conditioning
Selecting air to windscreen will
automatically switch the A/C on and
select the outside air.
Reducing interior air humidity
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL
The system controls the temperature,
amount and distribution of the air flow
automatically and adjusts them according
to the driving and weather conditions. A
short press of the AUTO button once
switches on the auto mode.
NOTE
l
When in AUTO, ensure that the
temperature is set to the desired
level, (22 °C (71 °F) is preferred).
l
If the air-conditioning is operated,
information relating to this system is
displayed in the information display.
See Information Displays (page
83).
l
Avoid adjusting the settings when
the vehicle interior is extremely hot
or cold. The automatic airconditioning adjusts to the current
circumstances automatically. For the
system to function properly, the side
and centre vents should be fully
open.
l
The sunload sensor is located on top
of the instrument panel. Do not cover
the sensor with any objects.
l
The interior temperature sensor is
located behind the grill below the air
distribution control. Do not cover the
grill with any objects.
l
At low outside temperatures, when
the system is in auto mode, the air
flow will be low and the air stream
will be directed to the windscreen
and the side windows as long as the
engine is cold.
Selecting air to windscreen will
automatically switch the A/C on and
select the outside air.
92
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page101
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (101,1)
Air-Conditioning
qAir distribution control
A
B
C
Windscreen
Face level
Footwell
To adjust air distribution, press the desired
button. The combination of settings that
can be selected are A, B, C, A and C and
B and C.
qBlower
NOTE
When the blower is in AUTO mode, no
blower setting indicators will be
illuminated.
When the blower speed is controlled
manually by operating the blower dial, the
blower setting is indicated in the display
above the air distribution controls.
To return to auto mode, short press the
AUTO button.
93
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page102
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:31 PM
Black plate (102,1)
Air-Conditioning
qTemperature control
Long press of the AUTO button or
selecting the temperature for the
passenger’s side with the rotary control on
the passenger’s side. The temperature for
the driver’s side will remain unchanged.
You can now adjust the driver and
passenger side temperatures
independently. The temperature settings
for each side are shown in the display.
You can set a temperature difference of up
to 4 °C (8 °F).
NOTE
You can set the temperature between
16 °C (61 °F) and 28 °C (82 °F) in steps
of 0.5 °C (1 °F). In position LO (below
16 °C (61 °F) the system will switch to
permanent cooling, in HI (above 28 °C
(82 °F) to permanent heating, and not
regulate a stable temperature.
Interconnection Mode
In Interconnection mode the temperature
settings for both the driver's and
passenger's side are linked. If you adjust
the temperature by turning switch on the
wiper lever on the driver's side, the
settings will be adjusted to the same
setting on the passenger's side.
If you set a temperature difference of
greater than 4 °C (8 °F), the
temperature on the other side will be
adjusted so that the difference remains
4 °C (8 °F).
To switch individual operation mode off
Press the AUTO button for three seconds
or select HI or LO on the driver's side.
The passenger's side temperature will be
adjusted to the driver's side temperature.
qRecirculated air
To switch individual operation mode on
NOTE
Adjusting the blower speed will put the
system into individual operation mode.
94
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Press the recirculated air button to toggle
between fresh air and recirculated air.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page103
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (103,1)
Air-Conditioning
NOTE
qWindscreen defrosting and demisting
When the system is in auto mode and
the interior and exterior temperatures
are quite hot, the system selects
recirculated air automatically to
maximise cooling of the interior. Once
the selected temperature is reached, the
system will reselect outside air
automatically.
qCooling the interior quickly
Selecting the A/C MAX will provide
maximum occupant cooling. A second
press of the A/C MAX button will switch
the A/C MAX off.
Press the MAX defrost button for quick
demisting of the windscreen.
Fresh air will flow into the vehicle and
A/C is automatically selected. The blower
speed, temperature control and fresh air
operate automatically and cannot be
adjusted in this mode. The blower is set to
maximum speed and the temperature to
HI.
When you select MAX defrost, the heated
windows switch on automatically and
switch off after a preset time.
A second press of the MAX defrost
button will return the system to the
previous settings.
To return to auto mode, short press the
AUTO button.
qSwitching the air conditioning on
and off
Press the A/C button to switch the air
conditioning on and off. The light in the
button indicates the status of the A/C.
95
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page104
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (104,1)
Air-Conditioning
NOTE
The A/C operates only when the engine
is running.
qSwitching off the automatic airconditioning
HEATED WINDOWS
qHeated windows
NOTE
Make sure the engine is running before
operating the heated windows.
Heated windscreen
Press the power button to switch the
system on and off. When switched off,
recirculated air is selected but it is also
possible to manually select the fresh air.
Press the button to clear the window of
thin ice and fog.
Heated rear window
Press the button to clear the window of
thin ice and fog. Press the button to switch
the system off. The heated rear window
will automatically turn off after a short
period of time.
NOTE
Do not use razor blades or other sharp
objects to clean the inside of the rear
window or to remove decals from the
inside of the rear window. This may
cause damage to the heated grid lines
and will not be covered by your
warranty.
96
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page105
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (105,1)
Seats
SITTING IN THE
CORRECT POSITION
WARNING
l
l
l
keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 250
millimetres (10 inches) between your
breastbone and the airbag cover.
l
hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
l
bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
l
position the shoulder strap of the seat
belt over the centre of your shoulder
and position the lap strap tightly across
your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
Do not adjust the seats when the
vehicle is moving.
Only when you use the seat belt
properly, can it hold you in a
position that allows the airbag to
achieve its optimum effect.
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seat belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a collision. We recommend that you:
l
sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
l
do not recline the seatback more than
30 degrees.
l
adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forwards as possible,
remaining comfortable.
97
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page106
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (106,1)
Seats
FRONT SEATS
qMoving the seats backwards and
forwards (Manual seats)
WARNING
l
l
Do not use any accessory seat
covers that are not specifically
designed for seats with side airbags.
These seat covers must be fitted by
properly trained technicians.
Do not adjust the seats when the
vehicle is moving.
qAdjusting the lumbar support
WARNING
Rock the seat backwards and forwards
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged in its catch.
CAUTION
Do not move the front seats too close to
the instrument panel.
98
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page107
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (107,1)
Seats
qAdjusting the height of the
driver's seat (Manual seats)
qAdjusting the angle of the
seatback (Manual seats)
Each pull or press on the lever will raise
or lower the height by a small amount.
WARNING
l
l
Rock the seatback backwards and
forwards after releasing the lever to
make sure that it is fully engaged in
its catch.
If the front passenger seat has been
moved forwards, rock the seat
backwards and forwards after
releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged in its catch.
99
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page108
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (108,1)
Seats
Front seat - Freestyle cab
NOTE
On freestyle cab vehicles the front
passenger seat can be adjusted to allow
the rear passenger to gain easier access.
100
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qFolding the seat backrest (Bench
seat - Regular cab)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page109
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (109,1)
Seats
qMoving the seats backwards and
forwards (Electric seats)
qAdjusting the height of the
driver's seat (Electric seats)
CAUTION
Do not move the front seats too close to
the instrument panel.
101
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page110
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (110,1)
Seats
qAdjusting the angle of the
seatback (Electric seats)
102
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qTilting the seat (Electric seats)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page111
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (111,1)
Seats
HEAD RESTRAINTS
qAdjusting the head restraint
WARNING
l
l
Raise the rear head restraint when
the rear seat is occupied by a
passenger.
(Except when installing a booster
cushion)
When using a forward facing child
restraint on a rear seat, always
remove the head restraint from that
seat.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of
it is level with the top of your head.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
qRemoving the head restraint
Press the locking button using a suitable
tool and remove the head restraint.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
set up when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly set up:
Driving with the head restraints not
set up is dangerous. With no support
behind your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
103
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page112
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (112,1)
Seats
REAR SEATS
qFolding the rear seat cushion
Freestyle cab
CAUTION
When the cushion is folded down, the
cushion tether strap must be stowed in
the pocket provided.
qFolding the rear seatback Double cab
WARNING
When folding the seatbacks down,
take care not to get your fingers
caught between the seatback and seat
frame.
CAUTION
l
Do not use the rear surface of the
rear seat back as a load floor.
l
Do not de-latch and fold the seat
back when the seat cushion is folded
up.
Double cab
104
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page113
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (113,1)
Seats
To fold the seatback down
HEATED SEATS
1. Pull the release strap upwards.
2. Push the seatback forwards.
To return the seatback to its upright
position:
CAUTION
Operating this function with the engine
off will drain the battery.
3. Push the seatback to the upright
position.
WARNING
l
l
When folding the seatbacks up,
make sure that the belts are visible
to an occupant and not caught
behind the seat.
Make sure that the rear seatback is
secure and fully engaged in its
catches
qRear seat arm rest
The seat heating will operate only when
the ignition is switched on.
The maximum temperature is reached
after five or six minutes. It is regulated
thermostatically.
The seat heating will remain on until
either the heated seat switch or the
ignition is turned off.
1. Push the arm rest into the seatback and
hold.
2. Pull the strap to release.
105
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page114
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (114,1)
Convenience features
CLOCK
For detailed instructions on how to adjust
the clock. See Setting the clock on the
audio unit (page 243).
INSTRUMENT
LIGHTING DIMMER
NOTE
Adjusting the illumination dimmer
switch will alter the illumination level
of the interior displays and switches.
For item location: See Gauges (page 73).
Press the dimming button to step the
illumination dimming level in large steps.
Press and hold the dimming button to
adjust the illumination dimming level
smoothly in fine adjustment levels.
106
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page115
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (115,1)
Convenience features
CIGAR LIGHTER í
CAUTION
l
If you use the socket when the
engine is not running, the battery
may discharge.
l
Do not hold the cigar lighter element
pressed in.
ASHTRAY í
NOTE
The removable ashtray can be placed in
any of the front or rear cup holders.
NOTE
You can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances that have a maximum
current rating of 10 Amperes. Use only
Mazda accessory connectors or
connectors specified for use with SAE
standard sockets.
Press the element in to use the cigar
lighter. It will pop out automatically. For
item location: See At a Glance (page 3).
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
107
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page116
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (116,1)
Convenience features
CUP HOLDERS
AUXILIARY POWER
POINTS
WARNING
l
l
Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when the vehicle is moving.
Do not place glass objects in the
cup holders.
qFront cup holders
Type 1
CAUTION
If you use the auxiliary power socket
when the engine is not running, the
battery may discharge.
NOTE
Switch the ignition on to use the
auxiliary power socket.
You can use the auxiliary power socket to
power 12 volt appliances that have a
maximum current rating of 10 Amperes.
Use only Mazda accessory connectors or
connectors specified for use with SAE
standard sockets. For item location: See
At a Glance (page 3).
108
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page117
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (117,1)
Convenience features
Type 2
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
qRear cup holders í
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
109
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page118
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (118,1)
Convenience features
STORAGE
COMPARTMENTS
Driver side
Passenger side
110
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Centre console
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page119
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (119,1)
Convenience features
AUXILIARY INPUT
(AUX IN) SOCKET
For item location see: See At a Glance
(page 3).
See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 260).
USB PORT
For item location: See At a Glance (page
3).
See Connectivity (page 284).
111
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page120
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (120,1)
Convenience features
FLOOR MATS
We recommend the use of Genuine
Mazda floor mats.
WARNING
Make sure the floor mats are secured
with the hooks or the retainers to
prevent them from bunching up under
the foot pedals (Driver's side):
Using a floor mat that is not secured is
dangerous as it will interfere with the
accelerator and brake pedal operation
(driver's side), which could result in
an accident.
Only use a floor mat which conforms
to the shape of the floor on the driver's
side and make sure it is oriented
correctly. Secure the floor mat using
the hooks or retainers.
There are various ways to secure floor
mats depending on the type used,
therefore secure the mat according to
the type.
After installing the floor mat, make
sure that it does not slide from side to
side or back and forth, and that there
is sufficient clearance with the
accelerator and brake pedals on the
driver's side.
After removing the floor mat for
cleaning or some other reason, always
securely reinstall it while paying
attention to the precautions just
mentioned.
112
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
WARNING
Do not install two floor mats, one on
top of the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two floor mats, one on top
of the other, on the driver's side is
dangerous as the retention pins can
only keep one floor mat from sliding
forward.
Loose floor mat(s) will interfere with
the foot pedals and could result in an
accident.
If using an all-weather mat for winter
use always remove the original floor
mat.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page121
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (121,1)
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
IGNITION SWITCH
qGeneral points on starting
If the battery has been disconnected the
vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approx. 8 kilometres (5
miles) after reconnecting the battery.
This is because the engine management
system must realign itself with the engine.
Any unusual driving characteristics during
this period may be disregarded.
WARNING
Never return the key to position 0 or I
when the vehicle is in motion.
qStarting the engine by towing or
pushing
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured.
0 The ignition is off.
I The ignition and all main electrical
circuits are disabled.
NOTE
Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long to avoid
discharging the battery.
CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has a
manual transmission. It can damage the
emission control system.
NOTE
II The ignition is switched on. All
electrical circuits are operational. Warning
lamps and indicators illuminate. This is
the key position when driving. You must
also select it when being towed.
III The starter motor is activated. Release
the key as soon as the engine starts.
You cannot start a vehicle with an
automatic transmission by pushing it.
113
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page122
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (122,1)
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
When you remove the key from the
ignition switch, the steering column lock
is activated as soon as you turn the
steering wheel.
The steering will be unlocked when the
key is moved to position ACC.
STARTING A PETROL
ENGINE
NOTE
You can only operate the starter for a
limited period of time, for example 10
seconds. The number of start attempts is
limited to approximately six. If you
exceed this limit, the system will not
allow you to try again until a period of
time has elapsed, for example 30
minutes.
qCold or hot engine
Vehicles with manual transmission
NOTE
l
Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
l
Releasing the clutch pedal during
engine start may stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Start the engine.
Vehicles with automatic transmission
NOTE
l
Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
l
Releasing the brake pedal during
engine start may stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
1. Move the transmission selector lever to
position P or N.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal.
114
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page123
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (123,1)
Starting and Stopping the Engine
3. Start the engine.
qEngine idle speed after starting
All vehicles
If the engine does not start, wait for a
short period and try again.
If the engine does not start after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow the
Flooded engine procedure.
If you have difficulty starting the engine
when the temperature is below -25 °C (13 °F), press the accelerator pedal to the
mid-way point of its travel and try again.
The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting will vary
depending on the engine temperature.
The idle speed is automatically increased
when the engine is cold this is to heat the
catalytic converter. This keeps the vehicle
emissions to an absolute minimum.
The idle speed will slowly decrease to the
normal level as the catalytic converter
warms up.
qFlooded engine
Vehicles with manual transmission
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Start the engine.
Vehicles with automatic transmission
1. Move the transmission selector lever to
position P or N.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Fully depress the brake pedal.
4. Start the engine.
All vehicles
If the engine does not start, repeat the
Cold or hot engine procedure.
115
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page124
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (124,1)
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING A DIESEL
ENGINE
qCold or hot engine
All vehicles
DIESEL PARTICULATE
FILTER í
The DPF forms part of the emissions
reduction systems fitted to your vehicle. It
filters harmful diesel particulates (soot)
from the exhaust gas.
NOTE
l
When the temperature is below
-15 °C (5 °F), you may need to crank
the engine for up to 25 seconds.
l
Continue cranking the engine until it
starts.
l
You can only operate the starter for a
maximum of 30 seconds at a time.
Switch the ignition on and wait until the
glow plug indicator goes off.
Vehicles with manual transmission
NOTE
Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Start the engine.
Vehicles with automatic transmission
1. Select park or neutral.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal.
3. Start the engine.
116
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qRegeneration
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The DPF
regeneration process creates very high
exhaust gas temperatures and the
exhaust will radiate a considerable
amount of heat during and after DPF
regeneration, and after you have
switched the engine off. This is a
potential fire hazard.
CAUTION
Avoid running out of fuel.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page125
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (125,1)
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Unlike a normal filter which requires
periodic replacement, the DPF has been
designed to regenerate, or clean itself to
maintain operating efficiency. The
regeneration process takes place
automatically. However, some driving
conditions mean that you may need to
support the regeneration process.
If you drive only short distances or your
journeys contain frequent stopping and
starting, where there is increased
acceleration and deceleration, occasional
trips with the following conditions will
assist the regeneration process:
l
Drive your vehicle at a constant speed,
preferably on a main road or motorway,
for up to 20 minutes.
l
Avoid prolonged idling and always
observe speed limits and road
conditions.
l
Do not switch off the ignition.
l
Use a lower gear than normal to
maintain a higher engine speed during
this journey, where appropriate.
SWITCHING OFF THE
ENGINE
qVehicles with a turbocharger
CAUTION
Do not switch the engine off when it is
running at high speed or immediately
after heavy towing. If you do, the
turbocharger will continue running after
the engine oil pressure has dropped to
zero. This will lead to premature
turbocharger bearing wear.
Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until
the engine has reached idle speed and then
switch it off.
117
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page126
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (126,1)
Fuel and Refuelling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
FUEL QUALITY - PETROL
CAUTION
WARNING
l
l
Stop refuelling after the fuel nozzle
stops the second time. Additional
fuel will fill the expansion space in
the fuel tank which could lead to
fuel overflowing. Fuel spillage
could be hazardous to other road
users.
Do not use any kind of flames or
heat near the fuel system. The fuel
system is under pressure. There is a
risk of injury if the fuel system is
leaking.
Do not use leaded petrol or petrol with
additives containing other metallic
compounds (e.g. manganese-based).
They could damage the emission
system.
NOTE
l
We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel. (Ex. EN228)
l
The use of additives or other engine
treatments not approved by Mazda is
not recommended.
l
Ethanol blended fuels up to 20%
(E20) is acceptable to be used in this
vehicle.
Use minimum 91 octane unleaded petrol
that meets the relevant national
specification.
118
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page127
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (127,1)
Fuel and Refuelling
FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL
WARNING
Do not mix diesel with oil, petrol or
other liquids. This could cause a
chemical reaction.
qLong-term storage
Most diesel fuels contain bio-diesel, it is
recommended to fill the tank with purely
mineral diesel (where available) or add an
anti-oxidant prior to long-term storage of
your vehicle exceeding two months. Your
repairer can help you with a suitable antioxidant.
CAUTION
l
Do not add paraffin, paraffin or
petrol to diesel. This could cause
damage to the fuel system.
l
Use diesel that meets the relevant
national specification.
NOTE
l
We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel. (Ex. EN590)
l
The use of additives or other engine
treatments not approved by Mazda is
not recommended.
l
Bio-diesel blended fuels up to 10%
(B10)* can be used in this vehicle.
* Maximum 15% (B15) in Indonesia
119
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page128
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (128,1)
Fuel and Refuelling
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
FUEL FILLER FLAP
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of
heat during use, and after you have
switched the engine off. This is a
potential fire hazard.
WARNING
l
l
Take care when refuelling to avoid
spilling any residual fuel from the
fuel nozzle.
Do not use any kind of flames or
heat near the fuel system. The fuel
system is under pressure. There is a
risk of injury if the fuel system is
leaking.
qDriving with a catalytic converter
CAUTION
CAUTION
l
Avoid running out of fuel.
l
Do not crank the engine for long
periods.
l
Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster leads. See
Jump-Starting the Vehicle (page
190).
l
Do not switch the ignition off when
driving.
If you use a high pressure spray to wash
your vehicle, only spray the fuel filler
flap briefly from a distance not less
than 20 centimetres (8 inches).
NOTE
Central locking also locks and unlocks
the fuel filler flap. See Locking and
Unlocking (page 38).
qVehicles equipped with cap system
120
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page129
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (129,1)
Fuel and Refuelling
1. Press the flap to open it.
2. Open the flap fully until it engages.
Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise.
3. When the filler cap is removed , a
hissing noise may be heard. This is
normal and should be disregarded.
4. To close, turn the fuel filler cap
clockwise until it clicks.
5. Close and push the fuel filler flap to
lock it.
Fully insert the fuel nozzle. Lower the
nozzle so that it locks in place on the fuel
pipe opening. Keep it resting at this
position and initiate refuelling by pulling
the trigger.
WARNING
We recommend that you wait at least
10 seconds before removing the fuel
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to
drain into the fuel tank.
qFilling
WARNING
Stop refuelling after the fuel nozzle
stops the second time. Additional fuel
will fill the expansion space in the fuel
tank which could lead to fuel
overflowing. Fuel spillage could be
hazardous to other road users.
Slightly raise the fuel nozzle to remove it.
121
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page130
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (130,1)
Fuel and Refuelling
REFUELLING
CAUTION
Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have filled the fuel tank with the
incorrect fuel. This could damage the
engine. Have the system checked by a
properly trained technician
immediately.
122
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The CO2 and fuel consumption figures
are derived from labouratory tests
according to EEC Directive 80/1268/EEC
and subsequent amendments and are
carried out by all vehicle manufacturers.
They are intended as a comparison
between makes and models of vehicles.
They are not intended to represent the real
world fuel consumption you may get from
your vehicle. Real world fuel
consumption is governed by many factors
including; driving style, high speed
driving, stop/start driving, air conditioning
usage, the accessories fitted and towing
etc.
Your Authorised Mazda Repairer can give
you advice on improving your fuel
consumption.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page131
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (131,1)
Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
qSelecting reverse gear
CAUTION
Do not engage reverse gear when the
vehicle is moving. This can cause
damage to the transmission.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
NOTE
A clicking sound from the driveline
may be heard while shifting between
ranges, which is normal.
NOTE
Fully depress the clutch pedal and wait
for three seconds before you select
reverse gear.
qTwo-wheel drive, high range (2H)
Use for all normal road driving and also
for off-road driving across dry, level
terrain.
qFour-wheel drive, high range (4H)
WARNING
Do not use four-wheel drive 4H for
normal road driving.
On some vehicles it is necessary to raise
the collar whilst selecting reverse gear.
123
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page132
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (132,1)
Transmission
NOTE
The four-wheel drive indicator lamp
will come on when the transfer shift
switch is in the 4H position. See
Warning Lamps and Indicators (page
74).
This can be done with the vehicle moving
up to 110 km/h (68 mph), but only with
the accelerator pedal released. During the
shift the indicator lamp will flash.
qShifting between 2H and 4L
NOTE
Use for off-road driving.
l
When shifting to 4L the Engine
Traction Control and Trailer Sway
Assist are deactivated. Hill Descent
Control, Hill Launch Assist and
Brake Traction Control remain
active.
l
When shifting to 2H, all the stability
control (DSC) functions are
reactivated.
qFour-wheel drive, low range (4L)
WARNING
Do not use four-wheel drive 4L for
normal road driving.
NOTE
The four-wheel drive low range 4L and
four-wheel drive indicator lamps will
come on when the transfer shift switch
is in the 4L position. See Warning
Lamps and Indicators (page 74).
Use for more extreme off-road conditions,
such as steep ascents and descents.
Also use when low speed manoeuvring is
necessary, such as reversing a trailer or
negotiating a boulder-strewn river bed.
qShifting between 2H and 4H
NOTE
When shifting to 2H, all the stability
control (DSC) functions are reactivated.
124
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
1. Stop the vehicle when it is safe to do
so.
2. Fully depress the clutch pedal (manual
transmission).
3. Move the transmission selector lever to
the neutral (N) position (automatic
transmission).
4. Turn the transfer shift switch from 2H
to 4L or 4L to 2H.
During the shift the indicator lamp will
flash. If it continues to flash, check
whether the above conditions are met.
qShifting between 4H and 4L
NOTE
When shifting to 4L the Engine
Traction Control and Trailer Sway
Assist are deactivated. Hill Descent
Control, Hill Launch Assist and Brake
Traction Control remain active.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page133
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (133,1)
Transmission
1. Stop the vehicle when it is safe to do
so.
2. Fully depress the clutch pedal (manual
transmission).
3. Move the transmission selector lever to
the neutral (N) position (automatic
transmission).
4. Turn the transfer shift switch from 4H
to 4L or from 4L to 4H.
During the shift the indicator lamp will
flash. If it continues to flash, check
whether the above conditions are met.
ELECTRONIC LOCKING
DIFFERENTIAL
WARNING
The vehicle should not be operated on
sealed roads with the system engaged.
Doing so may lead to excessive tyre
noise and wear. The system is intended
for use on consistently slippery or
loose surfaces.
The system locks the left and right
portions of the rear axle together to form a
solid driving axle, resulting in increased
rear wheel traction in certain conditions.
NOTE
The system will only activate if the
vehicle speed is less than 30 km/h (20
mph) and the accelerator pedal is
released.
Press the Electronic Locking Differential
(ELD) button to activate the system. For
item location: See At a Glance (page 3).
The rear axle will lock and unlock only
when the internal gears are aligned and
there is no torque load on the differential.
To aid alignment, drive the vehicle in a
straight line with the accelerator pedal
released. Alternatively, drive slowly
forwards and backwards while moving the
steering wheel from side to side to allow
the internal differential gears to align.
NOTE
The system can be used in any
transmission drive range (2H, 4H or
4L).
125
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page134
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (134,1)
Transmission
The system will:
l
Automatically disengage when a speed
of 40 km/h (25 mph) is exceeded.
l
Automatically re-engage when the
speed drops below 30 km/h (20 mph).
l
Automatically disengage when the
ignition is turned off.
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
qSelector lever positions
If the system is selected when driving
above 40 km/h (25 mph), the request is
stored and will be engaged when the
vehicle speed reduces to 30 km/h (20
mph). The ELD indicator lamp will flash
until either the vehicle speed reduces and
the differential lock is engaged or the
driver deselects the ELD button.
NOTE
l
l
When the system is engaged, the
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
functions such as Stability Control,
Traction Control, Hill Descent
Control, Emergency stop signal, Hill
Launch Assist and Trailer Sway
Assist deactivate, the DSC off
indicator illuminates, and the HDC
on indicator turns off.
When the ABS is operating, the
system will be disengaged.
P
R
N
D
S
S
S-
Park
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Sport mode and manual shifting
Manual shift up
Manual shift down
WARNING
Apply the brakes before moving the
selector lever and keep them applied
until you are ready to move off.
126
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page135
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (135,1)
Transmission
Reverse
NOTE
A cold engine has a higher idle speed.
This will increase the tendency for your
vehicle to creep when you have
selected a drive gear.
Press the button on the selector lever to
select reverse and park.
The selector lever position will be shown
in the information display.
Park
WARNING
l
l
Select park only when your vehicle
is stationary.
Apply the parking brake and select
park before leaving your vehicle.
Make sure that the selector lever is
latched in position.
WARNING
Select reverse only when your vehicle
is stationary and the engine is at idle
speed.
Neutral
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the drive wheels but the transmission is
not locked. You can start the engine with
the selector lever in this position.
Drive
Select drive to shift automatically through
the forward gears.
Sport mode
NOTE
l
Sport mode is to shift automatically
through the forward gears in a more
sporty manner.
l
When towing heavy loads, or in hilly
terrain, it is recommended that sport
mode is selected. This will result in
cooler transmission temperatures and
additional engine braking.
NOTE
l
To move the selector lever from park
position, apply the footbrake and
ignition key in position II.
l
An audible warning will sound if
you open the drivers door and you
have not selected park.
l
The battery saver will deactivate the
warning chime after a period of time.
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the drive wheels and the transmission is
locked. You can start the engine with the
selector lever in this position.
Activate sport mode by moving the
selector lever from drive position towards
the driver. This is indicated in the
instrument cluster by displaying ‘S’. See
General Information (page 83).
Sport mode will remain active until you
shift manually up or down the gears.
127
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page136
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (136,1)
Transmission
NOTE
When you select position S, a gear
change may occur depending on the
accelerator pedal position in relation to
actual vehicle speed.
Manual shifting
WARNING
Do not hold the selector lever
permanently in or .
When the vehicle is stationary, only the
1st and 2nd gears can be selected.
Manual shifting is sequential, therefore
gears cannot be skipped.
The transmission will remain in the
selected gear. When the engine speed is
too low or idle, it will downshift to 2nd
gear. The selected gear is indicated in the
instrument cluster. See General
Information (page 83).
qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)
The transmission will select the
appropriate gear for optimum
performance based on ambient
temperature, road gradient, vehicle load
and driver input.
qHints on driving with an
automatic transmission
Moving off
NOTE
A shift will occur only when the vehicle
speed and the engine speed are
appropriate.
Manual shifting can be done only when
the selector lever is in position S. Move
the selector lever forward to downshift
and backward to upshift.
128
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
WARNING
It is not possible to tow-start or pushstart a vehicle fitted with an automatic
transmission. See Jump-Starting the
Vehicle (page 190).
1. Release the parking brake.
2. Release the brake pedal and press the
accelerator pedal.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page137
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (137,1)
Transmission
Stopping
1. Release the accelerator pedal and press
the brake pedal.
2. Apply the parking brake.
Kickdown
Press the accelerator pedal fully with the
selector lever in the drive position to
select the next highest gear for optimum
performance. Release the accelerator
pedal when you no longer require
kickdown.
Lift up the cover in the centre console
next to the selector lever with a suitable
tool.
Push down the locking button in the slot
and simultaneously move the selector
lever out of the P position.
NOTE
If position P is selected again, this
procedure must be repeated.
qEmergency park position release
button
Use the button to move the selector lever
from the park position in the event of an
electrical malfunction or if your vehicle
has a flat battery.
CAUTION
Take care when opening the cover.
129
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page138
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (138,1)
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
qBrakes (Disc and/or Drum)
If you require information regarding the
wear limit specification for the brake disc
plates and drums, or the measurement
method, please contact an expert repairer,
we recommend an Authorised Mazda
Repairer. The information is made freely
available.
qDisc brakes
Wet brake discs result in reduced braking
efficiency. Dab the brake pedal when
driving from a car wash to remove the
film of water.
qABS
WARNING
The ABS does not relieve you of your
responsibility to drive with due care
and attention.
The ABS helps you to maintain full
steering and directional stability when you
brake heavily in an emergency, by
preventing the road wheels from locking.
130
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qBrake override
In the event that the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, applying
steady and firm pressure to the brake
pedal will both slow the vehicle and
reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition:
1. Apply the brakes and bring your
vehicle to a safe stop.
2. Turn the engine off.
3. Select park (automatic transmission
only).
4. Apply the parking brake.
Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interferences. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle
towed to a repairer.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page139
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (139,1)
Brakes
PARKING BRAKE
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
When the ABS is operating, the brake
pedal will pulse. This is normal. Maintain
pressure on the brake pedal.
The ABS will not eliminate the dangers
inherent when:
WARNING
Vehicles with an automatic
transmission should always be left
with the selector lever in position P
(Park).
l
you drive too close to the vehicle in
front of you.
l
Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
l
the vehicle is aquaplaning.
l
l
you take corners too fast.
Pull the parking brake lever up smartly
to its fullest extent.
l
the road surface is poor.
l
Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
l
If your vehicle is parked on a hill and
facing uphill, select first gear or P
(Park) and turn the steering wheel
away from the kerb.
l
If your vehicle is parked on a hill and
facing downhill, select reverse gear or
P (Park) and turn the steering wheel
towards the kerb.
To release the parking brake, press the
brake pedal firmly, pull the lever up
slightly, depress the release button and
push the lever down.
131
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page140
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (140,1)
Hill Descent Control (HDC) (Some models.)
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
HDC operates in conjunction with DSC to
provide greater control when off-road,
particularly when descending steep
slopes. HDC operation is fully automatic
when engaged.
During a hill descent when driving offroad, engine braking is used to control the
speed of descent. If engine braking alone
is insufficient to control the vehicle's
speed, HDC will slow the vehicle using
the braking system.
If the vehicle is fitted with a manual
transmission, HDC should only be used in
first, or reverse gears. If the vehicle is
fitted with an automatic transmission,
HDC should only be used in D, R, or
Sport mode 1. When in D the vehicle will
select the most appropriate gear.
USING HILL DESCENT
CONTROL
NOTE
When the rear differential lock is
engaged, the HDC will not be available.
qSelecting HDC
HDC can be selected at speeds below 60
km/h (37 mph). To select HDC, press and
release the HDC on switch. For item
location: See At a Glance (page 3).
NOTE
l
Once HDC is selected, it will be
activated at speeds below 35 km/h
(22 mph) and deactivated above 40
km/h (25 mph) but will not turn off
until vehicle speed exceeds 60 km/h
(37 mph).
l
HDC will be turned off when the
ignition is off.
qBefore driving off-road
WARNING
Before driving off-road it is absolutely
essential that in-experienced drivers
become fully familiar with the
vehicle's controls. In particular, Sport
mode, Hill Descent Control (HDC).
HDC on indicator on the switch will
illuminate continuously when HDC is
fully active.
HDC will temporarily deactivate during
the following conditions:
l
132
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
High brake temperature. Operation
resumes once the brakes cool down.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page141
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (141,1)
Hill Descent Control (HDC) (Some models.)
l
DSC indicator is illuminated and
operating.
l
Electronic locking differential is
operating.
NOTE
l
Each gear has a pre-determined
minimum speed.
l
Descent speed will only increase on
a slope steep enough to provide
additional momentum. Therefore,
switch on a gentle
use of the
slope may not increase the speed.
l
If the brake pedal is depressed, HDC
will be overridden and the brakes
will operate as normal. When the
brake pedal is released, HDC will
resume control of the descent.
l
If HDC is switched off during a
descent, HDC assistance will fade
out gradually. This is to prevent loss
of control if HDC is switched off in
error. HDC will resume control when
switched back on if assistance is still
required, but at the speed the vehicle
is travelling when the pedal is
released.
l
When HDC is operating, a noise may
be heard from the Brake Control
Module in the engine compartment.
This is normal.
l
When HDC is operating, DSC
indicator will flash.
qHDC operation (if equipped)
With HDC engaged, the speed of descent
can be altered using the cruise control
steering wheel switches. SET
increases the speed, and SET
decreases the speed.
To increase speed press, and hold, the
switch until the desired speed is
SET
achieved. When the switch is released, the
speed will be maintained.
To decrease speed press, and hold, the
SET switch until the desired speed is
achieved. When the switch is released, the
speed will be maintained.
To increase or decrease speed gradually,
or SET switch as
tap the SET
required. Each tap of the switch will
increase, or decrease the speed in
increments of 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph). The
speed can also be increased or decreased
by pressing the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal respectively.
When driving off-road HDC can be
permanently selected, but it will only
provide assistance when the speed
parameters are met.
133
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page142
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (142,1)
Dynamic Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
qDynamic stability control (DSC)
WARNING
DSC does not relieve you of your
responsibility to drive with due care
and attention.
Dynamic stability control (DSC)
warning lamp
The DSC warning lamp will flash when
the system is operating. See Warning
Lamps and Indicators (page 74).
qBrake assist
WARNING
Brake assist does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Brake assist will detect when you brake
heavily by measuring the rate at which
you press the brake pedal. It will provide
maximum braking efficiency as long as
you press the pedal. Brake assist can
reduce stopping distances in critical
situations.
qTrailer sway assist
WARNING
A
B
without DSC
with DSC
The DSC supports stability when the
vehicle starts to slide away from your
intended path. This is performed by
braking individual wheels and reducing
engine torque as needed.
The system also provides an enhanced
traction control function by reducing
engine torque and braking if the wheels
spin when you accelerate. This improves
your ability to pull away on slippery roads
or loose surfaces, and improves comfort
by limiting wheel spin in hairpin bends.
134
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
l
l
Trailer sway assist does not relieve
you of your responsibility to tow
with due care and attention.
Disabling DSC will turn off the
system.
Trailer sway assist is an enhanced feature
of DSC, and automatically detects when
an attached trailer starts to sway.
If this situation occurs, the system will
automatically brake individual wheels to
stabilise the trailer and vehicle. In case a
very severe sway is detected, the engine
torque will be reduced and the vehicle
will be slowed automatically.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page143
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (143,1)
Dynamic Stability Control
USING DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL
Transfer shift switch in 4H position:
l
NOTE
l
l
l
The system will be switched on
automatically every time you switch
the ignition on.
When the system is deactivated with
the transfer switch in 2H position,
the DSC OFF indicator will flash
twice to indicate that the system is
completely turned off and remains
illuminated. Press the switch again to
enable the system. For item location:
See At a Glance (page 3).
DSC is switched off when the
transfer switch is in 4L position or
the Electronic Locking Differential is
operating.
q2-wheel drive vehicles
Press and hold the switch for one
second to deactivate Engine Traction
Control and Trailer Sway Assist. Hill
Descent Control, Hill Launch Assist
and Brake Traction Control remain
active.
Transfer shift switch in 4H or 4L position:
l
Press and hold the switch for five
seconds to deactivate Engine Traction
Control, Trailer Sway Assist and Brake
Traction Control. Hill Descent Control
and Hill Launch Assist remain active.
Transfer shift switch in 2H position:
l
Press and hold the switch for one
second to deactivate Engine Traction
Control, Brake Traction Control and
Dynamic Stability Control including
Trailer Sway Assist. Hill Descent
Control and Hill Launch Assist remain
active.
Press and hold the switch for one second
to deactivate Engine Traction Control,
Trailer Sway Assist and Brake Traction
Control. Hill Launch Assist remains
active.
q4-wheel drive vehicles
NOTE
All the stability control (DSC) functions
are reactivated when 2H position is
selected.
135
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page144
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (144,1)
Hill Launch Assist
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
Hill Launch Assist is a function which
assists the driver in accelerating from a
stop while on a slope. When the driver
releases the brake pedal and depresses the
accelerator pedal while on a slope, the
function prevents the vehicle from rolling
by maintaining the braking force after the
brake pedal is released.
For vehicles with a manual transaxle, Hill
Launch Assist operates on a downward
slope when the shift lever is in the reverse
(R) position, and on an upward slope
when the shift lever is in a position other
than the reverse (R) position.
For vehicles with an automatic transaxle,
Hill Launch Assist operates on a
downward slope when the shift lever is in
the reverse (R) position, and on an
upward slope when the shift lever is in a
forward gear.
136
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
WARNING
Do not rely completely on Hill Launch
Assist.
Hill Launch Assist is an auxiliary
device for accelerating from a stop on
a slope. The system only operates for
about two seconds and therefore,
relying only on the system, when
accelerating from a stop is dangerous
because the vehicle may move (roll)
unexpectedly and cause an accident.
The vehicle could roll depending on
the vehicle’s load or if it is towing
something. In addition, for vehicles
with a manual transaxle, the vehicle
could still roll depending on how the
clutch pedal or the accelerator pedal is
operated.
Always confirm the safety around the
vehicle before starting to drive the
vehicle.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page145
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (145,1)
Hill Launch Assist
NOTE
l
Hill Launch Assist does not operate
on a gentle slope. In addition, the
gradient of the slope on which the
system will operate changes
depending on the vehicle's load.
l
Hill Launch Assist does not operate
if the parking brake is applied, the
vehicle has not stopped completely,
the clutch pedal is released (MT
vehicles), or any door is open.
l
While Hill Launch Assist is
operating, the brake pedal may feel
stiff and vibrate, however, this does
not indicate a malfunction.
l
Hill Launch Assist does not operate
while the DSC warning lamp is
illuminated.
l
Hill Launch Assist does not turn off
even if the DSC off switch is pressed
to turn off the TCS/DSC.
l
Hill Launch Assist does not operate
during rear differential lock.
137
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page146
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (146,1)
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
NOTE
l
On vehicles fitted with a tow bar, the
rear parking aid is deactivated
automatically when any trailer lamps
(or lighting boards) are connected to
the socket via a trailer tow module
we have approved.
l
Keep the sensors free from dirt, ice
and snow. Do not clean with sharp
objects.
l
The parking aid may emit false tones
if it detects a signal using the same
frequency as the sensors or if the
vehicle is fully laden.
l
The outer sensors may detect the side
walls of a garage. If the distance
between the outer sensor and the side
wall remains constant for three
seconds, the tone will switch off. As
you continue, the inner sensors will
detect rearward objects.
WARNING
The parking aid does not relieve you
of your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
CAUTION
l
Vehicles fitted with a trailer tow
module not approved by us may not
correctly detect obstacles.
l
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause disruptive reflections.
l
The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic
waves.
l
The parking aid does not detect
obstacles moving away from the
vehicle. They will only be detected
shortly after they start to move
towards the vehicle again.
l
If you use a high pressure spray to
wash your vehicle, only spray the
sensors briefly from a distance not
less than 20 centimetres (8 inches).
l
Parking aid sends tones via the audio
system fitted and approved by us. If
this is not working the parking aid
system will not work.
138
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page147
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (147,1)
Parking Aids
USING THE PARKING
AID VEHICLES WITH:
REAR PARKING AID
You will hear an intermittent tone at a
distance of approximately 180 centimetres
(71 inches) between the obstacle and rear
bumper and approximately 50 centimetres
(20 inches) to the side. Decreasing the
distance accelerates the intermittent tone.
WARNING
The parking aid does not relieve you
of your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
A
Distance Indicator.
The parking aid is automatically activated
when you select reverse gear with the
ignition switched on.
NOTE
l
It will chime once to indicate that the
parking aid is activated.
l
The indicator lamps will be
displayed in the multi-function
display. For item location: See At a
Glance (page 3).
139
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page148
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (148,1)
Parking Aids
As the distance decreases the indicator
moves towards the vehicle.
A continuous tone will start at a distance
of less than 40 centimetres (15 inches) to
the rear bumper.
A trailer symbol indicates there is a trailer
attached and the system is disabled.
A
Malfunction indicator.
NOTE
If a malfunction is indicated the system
will be disabled and a unique tone will
be heard. Have the system checked by a
properly trained technician.
140
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page149
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (149,1)
Parking Aids
REAR VIEW CAMERA í
WARNING
l
l
l
The operation of the camera may
vary depending on the ambient
temperature, vehicle and road
conditions.
The distances shown in the display
may differ from the actual distance.
Do not place objects in front of the
camera.
The camera is located on the tailgate
below the badge.
Switch the ignition and the audio unit on.
Move the transmission selector lever to
reverse.
The image is displayed on the rear view
mirror screen.
The camera may not operate correctly in
the following conditions:
l
Dark areas.
l
Intense light.
l
If the ambient temperature increases or
decreases rapidly.
l
If the camera is wet, for example in
rain or high humidity.
l
If the camera's view is obstructed, for
example by mud.
qUsing the display
WARNING
l
l
qSwitching the rear view camera on
Obstacles above the camera
position will not be shown. Inspect
the area behind your vehicle if
necessary.
Marks are for general guidance
only, and are calculated for vehicles
in maximum load conditions on an
even road surface.
WARNING
l
The camera may not detect objects
that are close to your vehicle.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
141
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page150
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:32 PM
Black plate (150,1)
Parking Aids
The lines show the distance from the outer
edge of the front tyre plus two inches (51
millimeters) and the rear bumper.
A: Exterior mirror clearance-4 inches (0.1
meter)
B: Red-up to 12 inches (0.3 meter)
C: Amber-39 inches (1 meter)
D: Green-79 inches (2 meter)
E: Black-centre line of the projected
vehicle path
NOTE
When reversing with a trailer, the lines
on the screen are not shown. The
camera will show your vehicle direction
and not the trailer.
142
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qSwitching the rear view camera off
NOTE
l
Move the transmission selector lever
from reverse gear. The display will
switch off after a short period.
l
The system will automatically switch
off once your vehicle speed has
reached approximately 15 km/h.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page151
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (151,1)
Cruise Control
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNING
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Do not use cruise control in heavy
traffic, on twisty roads or when the
road surface is slippery.
qSwitching cruise control on
Cruise control allows you to control your
speed using the switches on the steering
wheel. You can use cruise control when
you exceed approximately 30 km/h (18
mph).
NOTE
The system is ready for you to set a
speed.
143
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page152
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (152,1)
Cruise Control
qSetting a speed
NOTE
If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the
accelerator pedal, you will return to the
speed that you previously set if the
cruise control indicator is still
illuminated.
Press to store and maintain your current
speed. The cruise control indicator will
illuminate. See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 74).
qChanging the set speed
WARNING
Vehicles with manual transmission:
When you are going downhill, your
speed may increase above the set
speed. The system will not apply the
brakes. Change down a gear and press
the SET switch to assist the system
in maintaining the set speed.
Vehicles with automatic transmission:
When you are going downhill,
transmission will downshift to attempt
to hold the speed. The driver may also
have to apply the brake to maintain
the speed. The set speed will turn off if
the brake is applied.
144
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
A
B
Accelerate
Decelerate
To increase speed, press and hold the SET
switch until the desired speed is
achieved. When the switch is released, the
speed will be maintained.
To decrease speed, press and hold the
SET switch until the desired speed is
achieved. When the switch is released, the
speed will be maintained.
To increase or decrease speed gradually,
or SET switch as
tap the SET
required. Each tap of the switch will
increase or decrease the speed in
increments of 1 km/h (0.6 mph). The
speed can also be increased or decreased
by pressing the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal respectively.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page153
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (153,1)
Cruise Control
qCancelling the set speed
qSwitching cruise control off
Press the brake pedal or the CAN RES
switch.
The system will not retain the speed that
you previously set. The cruise control
indicator will not illuminate.
Any of the following action may also
switch off the system:
NOTE
The system will no longer control your
speed. The cruise control indicator will
not illuminate but the system will retain
the speed that you previously set.
qResuming the set speed
l
Depressing the brake pedal.
l
Applying the parking brake.
l
Depressing the clutch pedal.
l
Selecting neutral gear.
The cruise control indicator will
illuminate and the system will attempt to
resume the speed that you previously set.
145
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page154
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (154,1)
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
l
l
l
l
l
Use load securing straps to an
approved standard, e.g. DIN.
Make sure that you secure all loose
items properly.
Place luggage and other loads as
low and as far forward as possible
within the luggage or loadspace.
Do not exceed the maximum front
and rear axle loads for your
vehicle. See Vehicle identification
(page 210).
Do not exceed the maximum gross
vehicle weight stated on the vehicle
identification plate. See Vehicle
identification (page 210).
TAILGATE
NOTE
The tailgate can be lowered for better
ingress/egress of the loads.
CAUTION
l
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible tailgate load of 220
kilograms (485 pounds).
l
Do not lower the tailgate completely
if a tow ball or a bumper is fitted.
l
Make sure that you keep a firm grip
of the tailgate to prevent it from
dropping down.
Lowering the tailgate
CAUTION
Do not allow items to contact the rear
window.
1
2
3
4
146
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Raise the tailgate slightly.
Pull the support lead rearwards.
Release the support lead from tailgate.
Repeat steps 1 to 3 to pull out the
support lead on the other side.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page155
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (155,1)
Load Carrying
LOAD RETAINING
FIXTURES
qLoad rest
WARNING
qRope hooks í
NOTE
The number of rope hooks may vary
depending on your vehicle model.
A loaded load rest alters the vehicle's
centre of gravity and aerodynamics.
Take care when cornering, driving in
crosswinds and at high speeds.
CAUTION
Type 1
Do not exceed the permissible gross
weight. See Vehicle Identification
Plate (page 210).
Type 2
NOTE
Secure luggage or cargo placed on the
load rest with the load rest stoppers.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
147
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page156
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (156,1)
Driving Hints
GENERAL DRIVING
POINTS
qVehicles with a diesel engine
If the low fuel level warning lamp comes
on, refuel as soon as possible. If you
continue driving without refuelling, the
engine will start to run unevenly. This
indicates that you are about to run out of
fuel. Refuel immediately.
148
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
SAVING FUEL AND
PROTECTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save fuel and
reduce CO2.
l
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l
Avoid fast starts.
l
Drive at lower speeds.
l
Anticipate when to apply the brakes
(avoid sudden braking).
l
Follow the maintenance schedule (page
183)and have an expert repairer, we
recommend an Authorised Mazda
Repairer perform inspections and
servicing.
l
Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l
Slow down on rough roads.
l
Keep the tyres properly inflated.
l
Do not carry unnecessary weight.
l
Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
l
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l
Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l
Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page157
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (157,1)
Driving Hints
RUNNING-IN
qTyres
WARNING
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -30 °C (-22 °F).
New tyres need to be run-in for
approximately 500 kilometres (300
miles). During this time, you may
experience different driving
characteristics.
qBrakes and clutch
WARNING
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and
clutch if possible for the first 150
kilometres (100 miles) in town and for
the first 1500 kilometres (1000 miles)
on motorways.
qEngine
CAUTION
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1500 kilometres (1000 miles). Vary
your speed frequently and change up
through the gears early. Do not labour
the engine.
149
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page158
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (158,1)
Driving Hints
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Your vehicle can be driven briefly if the
engine overheats, without damage to the
engine. The engine will continue to
operate with limited power. The distance
you can travel depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load, and terrain.
If the needle moves to the upper limit
position, the engine is overheating. See
Gauges (page 73).
If the temperature continues to rise, the
fuel supply to the engine will be reduced.
The air conditioning (if fitted) will also be
turned off and the engine cooling fan will
operate.
DRIVING THROUGH
WATER
qDriving through water
WARNING
Never cross fast-flowing deep streams,
as your vehicle could be swept away.
CAUTION
l
Drive through water in an
emergency only, and not as part of
normal driving.
l
Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
l
Always try to determine the depth of
a crossing before driving the vehicle
through.
CAUTION
Continued operation will increase the
engine temperature, and cause the
engine to shut down completely.
l
Stop your vehicle as soon as possible.
l
Immediately turn off the engine to
prevent severe engine damage.
l
Wait for the engine to cool down.
l
Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 178).
l
Have the vehicle checked by an expert
immediately.
150
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
In an emergency, the vehicle can be
driven through water to a maximum depth
as shown and at a maximum speed of 7
km/h (4 mph). Extra caution should be
exercised when driving through flowing
water.
4x2
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page159
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (159,1)
Driving Hints
X
600 mm (23.6 inches)
4x2 (vehicles with increased ride height)
and 4x4
Y
800 mm (31.5 inches)
When driving in water, engage first gear
and low range (if available), maintain a
steady walking pace speed keeping the
bow wave in front of the vehicle and do
not stop. After driving through water, and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
l
Depress the brake pedal lightly and
check that full brake function is
achieved.
l
Check that the horn works.
l
Check that the vehicle's lights are fully
operational.
l
Check the power assistance of the
steering system.
151
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page160
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (160,1)
Driving Hints
VEHICLE LOADING
WARNING
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspension
system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steering
problems, irregular tyre wear, tyre failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distance
required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely,
particularly on steep grades.
qGVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
GVW is CW + PAYLOAD.
l
GVW is Gross Vehicle Weight.
l
CW is Curb Weight.
l
Payload is the combination weight of accessories, cargo, hand luggage and passengers.
CW
PAYLOAD
GVW
The maximum GVW is specified for each vehicle. Do not exceed the specified weight.
qGAW (Gross Axle Weight)
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
152
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page161
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (161,1)
Towing
TOWING A TRAILER í
Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.
If you tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends
on proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling, braking,
durability, performance, and economy.
WARNING
Never overload vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorised Mazda Dealer if you need
further details.
CAUTION
l
Maximum permissible axle loads are not to be exceeded while towing and
transporting.
l
Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) when towing with a laden weight greater
than 3,000 kg (6,613 lbs).
l
Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda, If you
do, you may damage the engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearings, and other
power train components.
NOTE
Vehicles equipped with dynamic stability control (DSC) has trailer sway assist. See
Dynamic Stability Control (page 134).
Place loads as low and central to the axle(s) of the trailer as possible. If you are towing
with an unladen vehicle, the load in the trailer should be placed toward the nose, within the
maximum nose load, as this gives the best stability.
The stability of the vehicle to trailer combination is very much dependant on the quality of
the trailer.
Be aware of the towing load weight differences when towing at high altitudes. For altitudes
exceeding 1,000 meters (3,281 feet), always reduce the towing load by 10% for every
1,000 meters (3,281 feet) increase in altitude from the load indicated under the maximum
GCW (gross combination weight) heading in the maximum trailer towing-load table.
If the determined maximum total towing load weight is exceeded, the engine and other
power train parts may be damaged.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
153
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page162
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (162,1)
Towing
qWeight limits
The total trailer weight, gross combination weight and trailer nose weight must be within
the prescribed limits in the Trailer Towing-Load Table.
TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE
Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this
table.
For any further details and advice please consult Authorised Mazda Repairer.
Variant
2.5L Petrol
2.2L Diesel
(88 kW & 92
kW)
2.2L Diesel
(110 kW)
Without trailer
brake kg (lbs)
With trailer
brake kg (lbs)
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Auto
Manual and
Auto
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
2200 (4850)
1700 (3748)
1100 (2425)
2200 (4850)
1600 (3527)
1600 (3527)
2500 (5512)
1800 (3968)
3350 (7386)
3350 (7386)
Max trailer
nose weight kg
(lbs)
220 (485)
170 (375)
110 (243)
220 (485)
160 (353)
160 (353)
250 (551)
180 (397)
335 (739)
335 (739)
750 (1654)
3350 (7386)
335 (739)
Manual
750 (1654)
1800 (3968)
180 (397)
Manual
750 (1654)
3350 (7386)
335 (739)
Auto
Auto
750 (1654)
750 (1654)
3350 (7386)
3350 (7386)
335 (739)
335 (739)
Drive
Transmission
4X2
4x2*
4X4
4X2
4x2*
4X4
4X2
4x2* (Final drive ratio 3.31)
4x2* (Final drive ratio 3.55)
4x2*
4X4
*
3.2L Diesel
4x2 and 4x4 (Final drive ratio
3.31)
4x2* and 4x4 (Final drive ratio
3.55)
4x2*
4X4
* Vehicles with increased ride height.
154
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page163
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (163,1)
Towing
WARNING
Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing-Load
Table:
Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause
serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or
vehicle damage, or both.
Always keep the trailer nose weight within the specified limits in the Trailer TowingLoad Table:
Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous. This
could cause loss of vehicle control and an accident.
NOTE
l
The total trailer weight and nose weight can be determined by weighing the trailer on
platform scales at a highway weighing station or a trucking company.
l
Appropriate total trailer weight and nose weight may prevent the danger of trailer
sway from crosswinds, rough roads, or other causes.
qTrailer hitch
When towing a trailer, use a Mazda genuine tow bar on the vehicle and an appropriate
trailer hitch. Use the original bolt holes drilled by the vehicle manufacture for securing the
trailer hitch. Contact your Authorised Mazda Dealer for more information.
See Towing equipment dimensions.(page 214)
CAUTION
If a Mazda genuine tow bar is not used, it could result in damage to the frame.
qTyres
When towing a trailer, make sure all tyres are inflated to the recommended cold-tyre
pressure, as indicated on the tyre pressure chart on the driver's door. Trailer tyre size, load
rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tyre manufacturer specifications.
155
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page164
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (164,1)
Towing
qSafety chains
Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become
unintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the
hitch. Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer or
hitch manufacturer for more details.
WARNING
Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior
to departure:
Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and
the vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, the
trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision.
qTrailer tow module
NOTE
Ensure that the indicator and brake lamps do not flicker with engine running while using
a trailer with low power LED lamps.
To overcome flickering and to ensure the correct operation of the rear parking aid, a trailer
patch harness should be connected between the trailer and the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not connect the trailer patch harness to the vehicle when the trailer is not connected.
NOTE
The trailer patch harness is available with the Authorised Mazda Repairer.
qTrailer lights
CAUTION
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda.
This may damage your vehicle's electrical system and lighting systems. To connect the
lighting system, consult an Authorised Mazda Dealer.
156
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page165
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (165,1)
Towing
qTrailer brakes
If the total trailer weight exceeds 750 kg (1,650 lb) trailer brakes are required.
If your trailer has brakes, make sure they meet regulations.
WARNING
Do not connect a hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle's brake system:
Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is
dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury.
qTrailer towing tips
Before driving
l
Verify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded
trailer is connected. Do not drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position.
Inspect for incorrect nose weight, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading. Have
the vehicle inspected by an expert repairer, we recommend an Authorised Mazda
Repairer.
l
Make sure the trailer cargo is secure to prevent it from shifting.
l
Make sure the mirrors meet all government regulations. Inspect them.
l
Before starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicleto-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving a short
distance.
Driving
l
Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing,
and stopping in a traffic-free area.
l
Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.
l
Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph) when towing with a laden weight greater than 3000 kg
(6613 lbs). If the local legal maximum speed with a trailer in tow is less than 80 km/h
(50 mph), do not exceed the legal speed.
CAUTION
If the vehicle exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph) with a trailer in tow, the vehicle could be
damaged.
l
When ascending a hill, shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or
overheating the engine, or both.
157
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page166
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (166,1)
Towing
WARNING
The overrun brake on a trailer is not controlled by the anti-lock braking system.
l
When descending a hill, shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking
effect. Pay constant attention to speed and use the brakes only as needed. Holding the
brake pedal down for a prolonged period may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
power.
l
If the vehicle does not advance in 4x2 mode, switch to 4X4 mode.
l
When towing a trailer or driving with heavy loads in mountainous areas on steep
gradients, switch off the air conditioning and watch the temperature gauge carefully. If
the needle moves to the H-position, the engine is overheating. Switch off the engine
immediately. Do not resume the journey until the engine has cooled down. The air
conditioning system may switch off automatically to prevent overheating of the engine.
Parking
Avoid parking on an incline with a trailer. If this must be done, follow these instructions.
Parking on an Incline
1. Set the parking brake and the brakes.
2. Have someone block the wheels of the vehicle and trailer while you apply the brakes.
3. After the wheels are blocked, release the parking brake and the brakes slowly, allowing
the blocks to bear the load.
4. Set the parking brake firmly.
5. If the vehicle has an automatic transmission, put the selector lever in P. If it has a manual
transmission, place the gear shift in 1 or R.
Starting on an Incline
1. Start the engine.
2. Release the parking brake and slowly pull away a short distance from the wheel blocks.
3. Stop on the nearest level ground, set the parking brake, and pick up the wheel blocks.
158
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page167
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (167,1)
Fuses
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS
Left-hand drive
qPassenger compartment fuse box
Fully open the driver's side storage
compartment.
Right-hand drive
A
B
Passenger compartment fuse box
Engine compartment fuse box
159
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page168
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (168,1)
Fuses
qEngine compartment fuse box
CHANGING A FUSE
WARNING
l
l
Release the catches and remove the cover.
Do not modify the electrical system
of your vehicle in any way. Have
repairs to the electrical system and
the replacement of relays and high
current fuses carried out by an
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
Switch the ignition and all electrical
equipment off before touching or
attempting to change a fuse.
CAUTION
Fit a replacement fuse with the same
rating as the one you have removed.
NOTE
160
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
l
You can identify a blown fuse by a
break in the filament.
l
All fuses, except high current fuses,
are a push fit.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page169
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (169,1)
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
qEngine compartment fuse box
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle.
Fuse
1
2
3 (Petrol)
3 (Diesel)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Ampere rating
60
60
50
60
40
30
25
―
―
20
25
Circuits protected
CEM Power A
CEM Power B
Engine cooling fan
Glow plug control module
ABS module
Electric windows
Four wheel drive (4×4) motor ground
Not used
Not used
Power seat
Electric windows
161
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page170
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (170,1)
Fuses
Fuse
11
12
13
14
15 (Petrol)
15 (Diesel)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22 (Petrol)
22 (Diesel)
23
24
Ampere rating
30
25
20
20
10
15
10
25
25
25
20
15
15
―
10
20
25
15
26
27
7.5
10
28
10
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40 (Petrol)
40 (Diesel)
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
15
15
20
5
10
―
20
5
10
20
10
―
10
―
10
30
30
25
20
40
162
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Circuits protected
Blower motor
Four wheel drive (4×4) motor power
Starter solenoid
Heated rear window
Flex-fuel pump
Vapouriser glow plug
A/C Clutch
Electric windows
Windscreen wiper motor
Windscreen wiper motor ground
Cigar lighter
Horn
Fuel injectors or flex-fuel valve
Not used
Differential lock solenoid
Auxiliary power socket
Ignition coils, temperature and mass air flow sensor, glow
plug module, vacuum control
Electronic control module (ECM)
Transmission control module (TCM)
Heated exhaust gas oxygen, universal heated exhaust gas
oxygensensor, relay coils, fuel cut off switch
Electronic control module (ECM)
Battery monitoring sensor
Auxiliary power socket
A/C pressure switch
Transmission control module (TCM)
Not used
CEM
ABS module
Headlamp levelling
Heated seat
Power mirrors
Not used
Vapouriser pump
Not used
Alarm horn
Heated windscreen
Heated windscreen
ABS module
Auxiliary power socket
Trailer tow module
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page171
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (171,1)
Fuses
Fuse
48
49
50
51
Ampere rating
―
―
5
20
30
Relay
R1 (Petrol)
R1 (Diesel)
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7 (Petrol)
R7 (Diesel)
R8 (Petrol)
R8 (Diesel)
R9
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
R26
R27
Circuits protected
Not used
Not used
Ignition relay, relay coils
Trailer tow
Electric windows
Circuits switched
Not used
Key interlock
Wiper on or off
Horn
A/C clutch
Differential lock
Wiper Hi/Lo
Engine cooling fan low
Not used
Engine cooling fan high
Not used
Flex-fuel pump, vapouriser glow plug
Heated rear window
Heated windscreen
Not used
Electronic control module (ECM) power hold
Ignition
4×4 motor 2 (Clockwise)
4×4 motor 1 (Counter clockwise)
4×4 motor
Security horn
Starter
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Blower motor
Power seat
163
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page172
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Fuses
qPassenger compartment fuse box
164
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (172,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page173
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (173,1)
Fuses
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle.
Fuse
56
57
58
59
Ampere rating
20
―
―
5
60
10
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
15
5
5
―
―
20
5
―
69
5
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
20
5
7.5
5
20
15
10
20
5
15
20
5
20
20
20
85
7.5
86
87
88
89
10
5
―
―
Circuits protected
Fuel pump
Not used
Not used
Passive anti-theft system (PATS)
Interior lamp, driver's door switch pack, mood lights,
automatic shifter
Spare
Rain sensor module
Tachograph
Not used
Not used
Driver's door unlock, central double locking
Stop lamp switch
Not used
Instrument cluster, integrated control module (ICP),
tracking and blocking module
Central locking
Air conditioning
Alarm horn
On-board diagnostics II
High beam
Front fog lamps
Reversing lamp, rear view mirror
Washer pump
Ignition switch
Low audio/FSO audio, multifunction display
Multi-function display, hi audio, sync module
Interior motion sensor
Washer pump ground
Central locking ground
Driver's door unlock, central double locking ground
Instrument cluster, parking aid module, manual air
conditioning, track and block IGN sense, rear view camera,
rear view mirror
Restraint system, passenger airbag deactivation indicator
Tachograph
Not used
Not used
165
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page174
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (174,1)
Vehicle recovery
TOWING POINTS
TOWING THE VEHICLE
ON FOUR WHEELS
qAll vehicles
A
WARNING
l
A
Front towing eye
l
Switch the ignition on when your
vehicle is being towed. The steering
lock will engage and the direction
indicators and brake lamps will not
work if you do not.
The brake servo and the power
steering pump do not operate unless
the engine is running. Press the
brake pedal harder and allow for
increased stopping distances and
heavier steering.
CAUTION
l
Too much tension in the tow rope
could cause damage to your vehicle
or the vehicle that is towing.
l
4X2: Select neutral when your
vehicle is being towed.
l
4X4: In the event of a breakdown or
a mechanical failure of the
transmission your vehicle must be
recovered with either ALL wheels
off the ground or transported with
ALL wheels on the ground while the
vehicle is in 4X2 mode. Under no
circumstances should the vehicle be
towed with ALL wheels on the
ground when in 4X4 mode.
Drive off slowly and smoothly without
jerking the vehicle that is being towed.
166
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page175
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (175,1)
Vehicle recovery
qVehicles with automatic transmission
CAUTION
l
It is recommended not to tow with
the drive wheels on the ground.
However, if it is required to move
the vehicle from a dangerous
location, do not tow your vehicle
faster than 80 km/h (50 mph) or
further than 80 kilometres (50
miles).
l
In the event of a mechanical failure
of the transmission the drive wheels
must be lifted clear of the ground.
167
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page176
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (176,1)
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to
help maintain its roadworthiness and
resale value. There is a large network of
Mazda Authorised Repairers that are there
to help you with their professional
servicing expertise. We believe that their
specially trained technicians are best
qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly. They are supported by a
wide range of highly specialised tools
developed specifically for servicing your
vehicle.
In addition to regular servicing, we
recommend that you carry out the
following additional checks.
Be careful not to hurt yourself when
inspecting your vehicle, replacing a tyre,
or doing some kind of maintenance such
as car washing. In particular, wear thick
work gloves such as cotton gloves when
touching areas that are difficult to see
while inspecting or working on your
vehicle. Doing inspections or procedures
with your bare hands could cause injury.
The malfunction diagnosis connector is
designed exclusively for connecting the
specially designed device to perform onboard diagnosis.
Do not connect any devices other than the
specially designed malfunction diagnosis
devices for servicing. If any device other
than the malfunction diagnosis device is
connected, it may affect the vehicle's
electrical devices or lead to damage such
as battery depletion.
Malfunction
diagnosis
connector
WARNING
l
l
l
168
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Switch the ignition off before
touching or attempting adjustment
of any kind.
Do not touch the electronic ignition
system parts after you have
switched the ignition on or when
the engine is running. The system
operates at high voltage.
Keep your hands and clothing clear
of the engine cooling fan. Under
certain conditions, the fan may
continue to run for several minutes
after you have switched the engine
off.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page177
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (177,1)
Maintenance
CAUTION
When carrying out maintenance checks,
make sure that filler caps are fitted
securely.
OPENING AND
CLOSING THE BONNET
qOpening the bonnet
qDaily checks
l
Exterior lamps.
l
Interior lamps.
l
Warning lamps and indicators.
qCheck when refuelling
l
Engine oil level. See Engine Oil
Check (page 177).
l
Brake fluid level. See Brake and
Clutch Fluid Check (page 179).
l
Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 181).
l
Tyre pressures (when cold). See
Technical Specifications (page 209).
l
Tyre condition. See Tyre Care (page
202).
1. Pull the lever under the instrument
panel. For item location: See At a
Glance (page 3).
4
2
qMonthly checks
l
Engine coolant level (engine cold). See
Engine Coolant Check (page 178).
l
Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
l
Power steering fluid level. See Power
Steering Fluid Check (page 179).
l
Air conditioning operation.
l
Parking brake operation.
l
Horn operation.
l
Tightness of wheel nuts. See Technical
Specifications (page 209).
3
2. Raise the bonnet slightly.
3. Move the catch towards the left-hand
side of the vehicle.
169
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page178
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Maintenance
4. Open the bonnet.
5. Support it with the strut.
qClosing the bonnet
NOTE
Make sure that the bonnet is closed
properly.
Lower the bonnet and allow it to drop
from under its own weight for the last 20 30 centimetres (8 - 11 inches).
170
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (178,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page179
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (179,1)
Maintenance
UNDER BONNET OVERVIEW - MZI 2.5
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
1
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 178).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir cap. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 179).
Engine oil filler cap1. See Engine Oil Check (page 177).
Engine oil dipstick1. See Engine Oil Check (page 177).
Engine junction box. See Fuses (page 159).
Vehicle Identification Plate. See Vehicle identification (page 210).
Battery. See Vehicle battery (page 190).
Power steering fluid reservoir cap. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 179).
Air Cleaner.
Washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 181).
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are coloured for easy identification.
171
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page180
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (180,1)
Maintenance
UNDER BONNET OVERVIEW - MZ-CD 2.2
qRHD
172
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page181
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (181,1)
Maintenance
qLHD
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
1
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 178).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir cap. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 179).
Engine oil dipstick1. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 176).
Engine oil filler cap1. See Engine Oil Check (page 177).
Fuel filter water trap. See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 180).
Engine junction box. See Fuses (page 159).
Vehicle Identification Plate. See Vehicle identification (page 210).
Battery. See Vehicle battery (page 190).
Power steering fluid reservoir cap. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 179).
Washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 181).
Air Cleaner.
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are coloured for easy identification.
173
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page182
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (182,1)
Maintenance
UNDER BONNET OVERVIEW - MZ-CD 3.2 I5
qRHD
174
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page183
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (183,1)
Maintenance
qLHD
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
1
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 178).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir cap. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 179).
Engine oil dipstick1. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 176).
Engine oil filler cap1. See Engine Oil Check (page 177).
Fuel filter water trap. See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 180).
Engine junction box. See Fuses (page 159).
Vehicle Identification Plate. See Vehicle identification (page 210).
Battery. See Vehicle battery (page 190).
Power steering fluid reservoir cap. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 179).
Washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 181).
Air Cleaner.
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are coloured for easy identification.
175
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page184
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (184,1)
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
- MZI 2.5
A
B
MIN
MAX
176
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK MZ-CD 2.2/MZ-CD 3.2 I5
A
B
MIN
MAX
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page185
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (185,1)
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL CHECK
qTopping up
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not use oil additives or other engine
treatments. Under certain conditions,
they could damage the engine.
l
l
NOTE
The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after
approximately 5000 kilometres (3000
miles).
qChecking the oil level
CAUTION
Make sure that the level is between the
MIN and the MAX marks.
NOTE
l
Check the level before starting the
engine.
l
Make sure that your vehicle is on
level ground.
l
Oil expands when it is hot. The level
may therefore extend a few
millimetres beyond the MAX mark.
Only top up when the engine is
cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10
minutes for the engine to cool
down.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Remove the filler cap.
CAUTION
Do not top up further than the MAX
mark.
Top up with fluid that meets the Mazda
specification. See Technical
Specifications (page 182).
Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.
Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean, lint free cloth. Replace the dipstick
and remove it again to check the oil level.
If the level is at the MIN mark, top up
immediately.
177
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page186
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (186,1)
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
CHECK
qTopping up
WARNING
qChecking the coolant level
l
WARNING
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with plenty
of water and contact your doctor.
l
l
l
CAUTION
Make sure that the level is between the
MIN and the MAX marks.
NOTE
CAUTION
l
In an emergency, you can add just
water to the cooling system to reach
a vehicle service station. Have the
system checked by a properly trained
technician as soon as possible.
l
Prolonged use of incorrect dilution
of the coolant can cause engine
damage from corrosion, overheating
or freezing.
Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may therefore extend beyond the
MAX mark.
If the level is at the MIN mark, top up
immediately.
Only top up when the engine is
cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10
minutes for the engine to cool
down.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is hot. Wait for the
engine to cool down.
Undiluted coolant is flammable and
may ignite if spilt on a hot exhaust.
Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
will escape slowly as you unscrew the
cap.
CAUTION
Do not top up further than the MAX
mark.
Top up with a 50/50 mixture of coolant
and water using fluid that meets the
Mazda specification. See Technical
Specifications (page 182).
178
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page187
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (187,1)
Maintenance
POWER STEERING
FLUID CHECK
BRAKE AND CLUTCH
FLUID CHECK
WARNING
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with plenty
of water and contact your doctor.
WARNING
l
l
CAUTION
Make sure that the level is between the
MIN and the MAX marks.
l
If the level is at the MIN mark, top up
immediately.
Use of any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid may
reduce brake efficiency and not
meet Mazda's performance
standards.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse
the affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your
doctor.
If the level is at the MIN mark,
have the system checked by a
properly trained technician as soon
as possible.
qTopping up
Remove the filler cap.
NOTE
l
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water,
petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage and possible failure.
l
The brake and the clutch systems are
supplied from the same reservoir.
CAUTION
Do not top up further than the MAX
mark.
Top up with fluid that meets the Mazda
specification. See Technical
Specifications (page 182).
Top up with fluid that meets the Mazda
specification. See Technical
Specifications (page 182).
179
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page188
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (188,1)
Maintenance
DRAINING THE FUEL
FILTER WATER TRAP
For item location: See Under Bonnet
Overview (page 172). See Under Bonnet
Overview (page 174).
1. Switch the ignition off.
WARNING
Do not dispose of diesel in household
refuse or the public sewage system.
Use your local authorised waste
disposal facilities.
NOTE
l
l
Only add fuel that meets the Mazda
specification. See Fuel Quality
(page 118).
The in-tank pump will turn off
automatically after approximately 40
seconds.
2. Connect and secure a suitable hose on
the filter drain plug.
3. Route the other end of the hose to the
suitable container.
4. Loosen the drain plug by
approximately 1.5 turns.
5. Switch the ignition on to activate the
in-tank pump.
6. Drain the water till it is replaced by a
clean diesel fuel.
7. Switch the ignition off.
8. Tighten the drain plug and remove the
hose.
9. Start the engine and check for leaks.
NOTE
The water-in-fuel indicator lamp will go
out after approximately 2 seconds, with
the engine running.
180
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page189
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (189,1)
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID CHECK
Top up the washer fluid reservoir when
the washer fluid level indicator is on. See
Warning Lamps and Indicators í (page
74).
When topping up, use a mixture of washer
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in
cold weather and improve the cleaning
capability. We recommend that you use
only high quality washer fluid.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
181
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page190
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (190,1)
Maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
qVehicle fluids
Lubricant
Engine oil - Diesel
(for markets with low sulphur content less than
350 ppm)
Engine oil - Diesel
(for markets with high sulphur content equal
and greater than 350 ppm)
Engine oil - Petrol
Engine coolant
Automatic transmission fluid
Manual transmission oil (6-speed)
Manual transmission oil (5-speed)
Transfer case oil
Front differential oil
Rear differential oil
Power steering fluid
Brake/clutch fluid
A/C refrigerant
A/C compressor oil
(*)
Classification
ACEA A5/B5 (prefered),
A3/B3
SAE 5W-30 (prefered), 5W-40,
10W-40
ACEA E5-99, API CH-4 or
higher
SAE 10W-30, 5W-40, 10W-40
API SM, ILSAC GF-4
SAE 5W-20, 5W-30
L405F (orange)
Mercon® LV (*)
BOT350-M3 (*)
API GL-4 or GL-5 75W-90
Mercon® LV
API GL-5
SAE 80W-90
API GL-5
SAE 75W-140
Mercon® LV
DOT-3 or DOT-4 that are labeled FMVSS116
R-134A
Polyalkylene Glycol
Do not mix another type of fluid, otherwise physical failure may occur.
qCapacities
Variant
All
All
All
Automatic transmission (dry)
Automatic transmission (wet)
Manual transmission (5MT)
Manual transmission (6MT)
MZ-CD 2.2
MZ-CD 2.2 (MT)
MZ-CD 2.2 (AT)
MZ-CD 3.2 I5
MZ-CD 3.2 I5 (MT)
MZ-CD 3.2 I5 (AT)
MZI 2.5
MZI 2.5
Item
Power assisted steering fluid
Windscreen washer system
Fuel tank
Transmission fluid
Transmission fluid
Transmission fluid
Transmission fluid
Engine oil - with filter
Cooling system
Cooling system
Engine oil - with filter
Cooling system
Cooling system
Engine oil - with filter
Cooling system
182
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Capacity in Litres (gallons)
1.2 (0.26)
5.5 (1.2)
80 (17.60)
10.5 (2.31)
9 (1.97)
1.7 (0.37)
2.7 (0.59)
8.6 (1.89)
11.5 (2.53)
11.9 (2.62)
9.75 (2.14)
12.9 (2.84)
13.3 (2.93)
6.7 (1.47)
11.0 (2.42)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page191
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:33 PM
Black plate (191,1)
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
Emission control and related systems
The ignition and fuel systems are highly important to the emission control system and to
efficient engine operation. Don't tamper with them.
All inspections and adjustments must be made by an expert repairer, we recommend an
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
183
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page192
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (192,1)
Maintenance
qSchedule
Maintenance
Interval
Months
×1000 km
Number of months or kilometres, whichever comes first
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
PETROL ENGINE
Engine valve clearance
Engine oil*1
Engine oil filter*1
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Spark plugs
R
Evaporative system (if installed)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
I
DIESEL ENGINE
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
Fuel filter
I
R
R
R
Fuel filter
Fuel system (Drain water)
R
R
R
I
I
See the remark *1 and *2 below.
See the remark *1 and *2 below.
D
D
D
R
184
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
D
D
R
D
D
R
D
D
R
D
D
R
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page193
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (193,1)
Maintenance
Number of months or kilometres, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
PETROL and DIESEL ENGINE
Timing chain and tensioner
Replace every 250,000 km or 10 years
Maintenance
Interval
Drive belts*3
Cooling system
(Including coolant level adjustment)
Engine coolant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace at first 250,000 km or 10 years
Air filter*4
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Battery condition
(for leak and corrosion)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid*5
R
Parking brake
Power brake unit (Brake booster)
and hoses
Disc brakes*6
I
Drum brakes*6
Power steering fluid, lines, hoses
and connections
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Clutch
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace every 250,000 km or 10 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace every 250,000 km or 10 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace every 250,000 km or 10 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages*6
Manual transmission
Manual transmission fluid*7
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission fluid*7
Rear differential (4X2)
Rear differential oil (4X2)*7
Front and rear differential (4X4)
Front and rear differential oil
(4X4)*7
Transfer (4X4)
Transfer oil (4X4)*7
Front and rear suspension and ball
joints
Wheel bearing lateral play (front)
and axial play (rear)
I
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace every 250,000 km or 10 years
I
I
I
Replace every 250,000 km or 10 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft dust boots (for 4X4)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
185
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page194
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (194,1)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Interval
Months
×1000 km
Number of months or kilometres, whichever comes first
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
Body condition
(for rust, corrosion and perforation)
I
I
Hinges and catches
I
I
L
I
I
I
Cabin air filter (if installed)
Tyre rotation*8*9
Tyres (including spare tyre)
(with inflation pressure adjustment)*9
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
Seat belts, buckles and stalks
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
D: Drain
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the engine oil and oil filter
more often than the recommended intervals.
a) Short trips of less than 16 km when outside temperatures remain below freezing
b) Extensive idling, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use
c) Operating off-road such as unpaved or dust covered roads
d) Towing a trailer, using a camper (caravan), roof-top carrier or carrying maximum loads (e.g. heavy duty
commercial use)
*2 For 2.2 L/3.2 L diesel engines, replace the engine oil and oil filter as indicated below:
A. Countries whose diesel fuel contents extremely high sulphur equal or greater than 5000 ppm: Every
5,000 km or 3 months
B. Countries whose diesel fuel contents sulphur less than 5000 ppm: Every 10,000 km or 6 months
For engine oil, either ACEA E5-99 or API CH-4 or later should be used for applying the said intervals. If not,
apply half of the interval.
*3 Also inspect and adjust the power steering and air conditioner drive belts, if installed.
If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, inspect the drive belts more often
than the recommended intervals.
a) Short trips of less than 16 km when outside temperatures remain below freezing
b) Extensive idling, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use
c) Operating off-road such as unpaved or dust covered roads
d) Towing a trailer, using a camper (caravan), roof-top carrier or carrying maximum loads (e.g. heavy duty
commercial use)
*4 If the vehicle is operated in very dusty or sandy areas, clean the air filter at every 5,000 km or 3 months.
*5 If the brakes are used extensively (for example, continuous hard driving or mountain driving) or if the vehicle
is operated in extremely humid climates, replace the brake fluid annually.
*6 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, inspect the these items more often
than the recommended intervals.
a) Driving on bumpy roads, gravel roads, snowy roads or dirt roads
b) Driving uphill and downhill frequently
c) Repeated short-distance driving
186
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page195
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (195,1)
Maintenance
*7 If this component(s) has been submerged in water, the fluid/oil should be replaced.
*8 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, rotate the tyres more often than the
recommended intervals.
a) Driving on bumpy roads, gravel roads, snowy roads or dirt roads
b) Driving uphill and downhill frequently
c) Repeated short-distance driving
d) On roads having many roundabouts
*9 The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) initialization must be performed so that the system operates
normally (if equipped).
187
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page196
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (196,1)
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE
EXTERIOR
WARNING
If you use a car wash with a waxing
cycle, make sure that you remove the
wax from the windscreen.
CAUTION
l
Prior to using a car wash facility
check the suitability of it for your
vehicle.
l
Some car wash installations use
water at high pressure. This could
damage certain parts of your vehicle.
l
Remove the aerial before using an
automatic car wash.
l
Switch the heater blower off to
prevent contamination of the fresh
air filter.
We recommend that you wash your
vehicle with a sponge and lukewarm
water containing a car shampoo.
qCleaning the headlamps
CAUTION
l
l
Do not scrape the headlamp lenses or
use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
188
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qCleaning the rear window
CAUTION
Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window or use abrasives or chemical
solvents to clean it.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
chamois leather to clean the inside of the
rear window.
qCleaning the chrome trim
CAUTION
Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
qBody paintwork preservation
CAUTION
l
Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine.
l
Do not allow polish to touch plastic
surfaces. It could be difficult to
remove.
l
Do not apply polish to the
windscreen or rear window. This
could cause the wipers to become
noisy and they may not clear the
window properly.
We recommend that you wax the
paintwork once or twice a year.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page197
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (197,1)
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE
INTERIOR
qSeat belts
CAUTION
WARNING
l
l
REPAIRING MINOR
PAINT DAMAGE
Do not use abrasives, or chemical
solvents to clean them.
Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the seat belt retractor mechanism.
Clean the seat belts with interior cleaner
or water applied with a soft sponge. Let
the seat belts dry naturally, away from
artificial heat.
Remove apparently harmless looking
substances from the paintwork
immediately (e.g. bird droppings, tree
resins, insect remains, tar spots, road
salt and industrial fall out).
You should repair paintwork damage
caused by stones from the road or minor
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of
products is available from your
Authorised Mazda Repairer. Read and
follow the manufacturer's instructions.
qInstrument cluster screens, LCD
screens, radio screens
WARNING
Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to clean
them.
qRear windows
CAUTION
l
Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear
windows.
l
Do not install stickers or labels to the
interior of the rear windows.
189
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page198
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (198,1)
Vehicle battery
JUMP-STARTING THE
VEHICLE
CAUTION
l
Connect batteries with only the same
nominal voltage.
l
Always use booster leads with
insulated clamps and adequate size
lead.
l
Do not disconnect the battery from
the vehicle's electrical system.
1. Position the vehicles so that they do
not touch one another.
2. Switch off the engine and any electrical
equipment.
3. Connect the positive (+) terminal of
vehicle B with the positive (+) terminal
of vehicle A (cable C).
4. Connect the negative (-) terminal of
vehicle B to the ground connection of
vehicle A (cable D). See Battery
connection points (page 191).
CAUTION
qTo connect the booster leads
l
Do not connect to the negative (-)
terminal of the flat battery.
l
Make sure that the leads are clear of
any moving parts.
qTo start the engine
1. Run the engine of vehicle B at
moderately high speed.
2. Start the engine of vehicle A.
3. Run both vehicles for a minimum of
three minutes before disconnecting the
leads.
CAUTION
Do not switch on the headlamps when
disconnecting the leads. The peak
voltage could blow the bulbs.
A
B
C
D
Flat battery vehicle
Booster battery vehicle
Positive connection lead
Negative connection lead
190
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Disconnect the leads in the reverse order.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page199
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (199,1)
Vehicle battery
BATTERY
CONNECTION POINTS
BATTERY WARNING
SYMBOLS
qBattery labels
No smoking, no naked flames, no
sparks.
Shield the eyes.
Keep away from children.
Corrosive.
Note operating instructions.
CAUTION
Explosive gas.
Do not connect to the negative (-)
terminal of the flat battery.
191
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page200
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (200,1)
Vehicle battery
INFORMATION FOR USERS ON COLLECTION AND
DISPOSAL OF OLD EQUIPMENT AND USED BATTERIES
When disposing your old battery, please refer to the information as follows.
qInformation on Disposal
If you wish to discard old products and used batteries, please contact your local authorities,
your waste disposal service or the point of sales where you purchased the items, and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
192
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page201
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (201,1)
Wheels and Tyres
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION
l
Use only approved wheel and tyre
sizes. Using other sizes could
damage the vehicle and will make
the National Type Approval invalid.
l
If you change the diameter of the
tyres from that fitted at the factory,
the speedometer may not display the
correct speed. Take the vehicle to
your repairer to have the engine
management system reprogrammed.
l
If you intend to change the size of
the wheels from that fitted at the
factory, check the suitability with
your repairer.
l
Remember to replace the wheel
valve stems when the road tyres are
replaced on your vehicle.
l
The two front tyres or two rear tyres
should generally be replaced as a
pair.
l
The tyre pressure sensors mounted in
the wheels are not designed to be
used in aftermarket wheels.
l
The use of wheels or tyres not
recommended by Mazda Motor
Company may affect the operation
of your tyre pressure monitoring
system.
l
If the tyre pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, the
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tyre might be
incompatible with your tyre pressure
monitoring system, or some
component of the system may be
damaged.
NOTE
Check your tyre pressures regularly to
optimise fuel economy.
A decal with tyre pressure data is located
in the driver's door opening at the B-pillar.
Check and set the tyre pressure at the
ambient temperature in which you are
intending to drive the vehicle and when
the tyres are cold.
193
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page202
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (202,1)
Wheels and Tyres
CHANGING A ROAD
WHEEL
Regular cab
qLocking wheel nuts
You can obtain a replacement locking
wheel nut key and replacement locking
wheel nuts from your repairer using the
reference number certificate.
qVehicle jack
WARNING
l
l
l
The vehicle jack supplied with your
vehicle should only be used when
changing a wheel in emergency
situations.
Before using the vehicle jack, check
that it is not damaged or deformed
and that the thread is lubricated
and free from foreign matter.
Never place anything between the
jack and the ground, or the jack
and the vehicle.
It is recommended to use a workshop type
hydraulic jack for changing between
summer and winter tyres.
NOTE
Use a jack with a minimum lifting
capacity of one tonne (one ton) and a
lifting plate with a minimum diameter
of 80 millimetres (3.1 inches).
The jack, wheel brace, and jack handle are
located in the cab.
194
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
1. Fold the LH seatback forward.
2. Remove the locking strap and remove
the tools.
3. Fold the RH seatback forward.
4. Loosen the jack, remove the bolt and
remove the jack.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page203
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (203,1)
Wheels and Tyres
Freestyle cab
1. Pull the release strap.
2. Remove the rear seats.
3. Remove the cover and loosen the jack.
4. Remove the bolt.
5. Remove the jack.
6. Remove the tools.
195
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page204
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (204,1)
Wheels and Tyres
Double cab
The spare wheel is located underneath the
rear of the vehicle.
1. Lift the release strap.
2. Lower the seatback.
3. Remove the locking strap.
4. Loosen the jack and remove the bolt.
5. Remove the jack.
qSpare wheel
NOTE
Your vehicle may exhibit some unusual
driving characteristics.
1. Assemble the handle.
196
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page205
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (205,1)
Wheels and Tyres
2. Fully insert the jack handle into the
guide hole. Turn anti-clockwise until
the wheel rests on the ground, and
there is slack in the lead.
3. Pass the bracket and lead through the
wheel opening.
197
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page206
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (206,1)
Wheels and Tyres
qJacking and lifting points
CAUTION
Use only the specified jacking points. If you use other positions, you may damage the
body, steering, suspension, engine, braking system or the fuel lines.
A
B
Emergency use only
Maintenance
198
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page207
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (207,1)
Wheels and Tyres
199
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page208
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (208,1)
Wheels and Tyres
qRemoving a road wheel
WARNING
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Park your vehicle in such a position
that neither the traffic nor you are
hindered or endangered.
Turn on the hazard warning
flasher.
Set up a warning triangle.
Make sure that the vehicle is on
firm, level ground with the wheels
pointing straight ahead.
Switch off the ignition and apply
the parking brake.
If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, select first or reverse
gear. If it has an automatic
transmission, select park.
Have the passengers leave the
vehicle.
Always secure the diagonally
opposite wheel with an appropriate
block or wheel chock when
changing a wheel.
Only use the vehicle jack to change
a wheel. Never work underneath
the vehicle when it is supported
only by the jack.
Make sure that the jack is vertical
to the jacking point and the base is
flat on the ground.
NOTE
Three handles need to be assembled
when jacking the rear of the vehicle.
1. Assemble the jack handle.
2. Slacken the wheel nuts.
3. Jack up the vehicle until the tyre is
clear of the ground.
CAUTION
Do not lay alloy wheels face down on
the ground, this will damage the paint.
4. Unscrew and remove the wheel nuts
and take off the wheel.
200
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page209
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (209,1)
Wheels and Tyres
qInstalling a road wheel
3. Install the locking wheel nut key.
WARNING
l
l
l
l
Use only approved wheel and tyre
sizes. Using other sizes could
damage the vehicle and will void
the warranty. See Technical
Specifications (page 209).
Do not fit run flat tyres on vehicles
that were not originally fitted with
them. Please contact your repairer
for more details regarding
compatibility.
Make sure that there is no
lubrication (grease or oil) on the
threads or the interface between
wheel studs and nuts.
Have the tightening torque of the
wheel nuts and the tyre pressure
checked as soon as possible.
4. Partially tighten the wheel nuts in the
sequence shown.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
6. Fully tighten the wheel nuts in the
sequence shown. See Technical
Specifications (page 209).
7. Make sure that the projection of the cap
is positioned on the same position as
the projection of the hub.
CAUTION
WARNING
Do not install alloy wheels using wheel
nuts designed for use with steel wheels.
NOTE
The wheel nuts of alloy wheels and
spoked steel wheels can also be used for
the steel spare wheel for a short time
(maximum two weeks).
1. Install the wheel.
Have the wheel nuts checked for
tightness and the tyre pressure
checked as soon as possible.
NOTE
If the spare wheel is different in size or
construction to the road wheels, have
this replaced as soon as possible.
2. Install the wheel nuts finger tight.
201
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page210
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (210,1)
Wheels and Tyres
qStowing the wheel
TYRE CARE
CAUTION
Do not raise the spare wheel carrier
without the wheel attached. Damage
can occur to the winch mechanism if
lowered without a wheel attached.
1. Place the wheel flat on the ground, so
the outside of the wheel faces down.
Tilt the bracket, and pass it and the lead
through the centre opening in the
wheel.
2. Fully insert the flat end of the wheel
brace into the guide hole and turn
clockwise.
3. Stow the wheel brace, jack, and jack
handle away.
To make sure the front and rear tyres of
your vehicle wear evenly and last longer,
we recommend that you swap the tyres as
per the graphic at regular intervals of 10
000 km (6 000 miles).
WARNING
If the tyre label shows different tyre
pressures for the front and rear tyres
and the vehicle is equipped with a tyre
pressure monitoring system, then the
settings for the system sensors need to
be updated. Always perform the system
reset procedure after tyre rotation. If
the system is not reset, it may not
provide a low tyre pressure warning
when necessary. See the tyre pressure
monitoring system reset procedure in
this chapter.
CAUTION
Do not scrub the sidewalls of the tyres
when you are parking.
202
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page211
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (211,1)
Wheels and Tyres
If you have to mount a kerb, do so slowly
and approach it with the wheels at rightangles to the kerb.
Examine the tyres regularly for cuts,
foreign objects and uneven wear of the
tread. Uneven wear could mean that the
wheel alignment is outside specification.
USING WINTER TYRES
CAUTION
Make sure that you use the correct
wheel nuts for the type of wheel the
winter tyres are fitted to.
Limited-Slip Axle
This axle provides added traction on
slippery surfaces, particularly when one
wheel is on a poor traction surface. Under
normal conditions, the limited slip axle
functions like a standard rear axle. The
axle may exhibit a slight noise or
vibration in tight turns with low vehicle
speed. This is normal behaviour and
indicates the axle is working.
If winter tyres are used, make sure that the
tyre pressures are correct. See Technical
Specifications (page 209).
203
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page212
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (212,1)
Wheels and Tyres
USING SNOW CHAINS
TYRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM í
WARNING
l
l
Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph).
Do not use snow chains on snowfree roads.
CAUTION
If your vehicle is fitted with wheel
trims, remove them before fitting snow
chains.
WARNING
l
The tyre pressure monitoring
system is not a substitute for
manually checking tyre pressures.
You should periodically check tyre
pressures using a pressure gauge.
Failure to correctly maintain tyre
pressures could increase the risk of
tyre failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
NOTE
l
The ABS will continue to operate
normally.
l
Tighten the snow chains after 1 km
(0.5 miles).
Only use small link snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the rear wheels.
On 4-wheel drive vehicles, inflate the rear
tyres to the maximum pressure
permissible. See Technical Specifications
(page 209).
204
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
You must check the tyre pressures
(including the spare tyre where
applicable) every two weeks when the
tyres are cold.
You must inflate the tyres to the correct
pressure. Refer to Wheels and Tyres on
page 193.The tyre pressures are also on
the tyre inflation pressure label (located
on the edge of driver door or the B-Pillar).
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page213
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (213,1)
Wheels and Tyres
As a driver assistance feature, your
vehicle has a tyre pressure monitoring
system. A warning lamp will illuminate
when one or more of the tyres are
significantly under-inflated. If the low tyre
pressure warning lamp illuminates, you
should stop your vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so, check the tyres and inflate
them to the correct pressure.
Driving on under-inflated tyres can:
l
Cause them to overheat.
l
Lead to tyre failure.
l
Reduce fuel efficiency.
l
Reduce tyre life.
l
Affect vehicle handling or stopping
ability.
The system is not a substitute for correct
tyre maintenance.
You must maintain the correct tyre
pressures, even if low tyre pressure has
not illuminated the warning lamp.
The tyre pressure monitoring system has a
system malfunction indicator to warn you
when the system is not operating
correctly. The malfunction indicator and
low tyre pressure warning lamp have a
combined function. When the system
detects a malfunction, the warning lamp
will flash for approximately one minute
and then remain illuminated. This
sequence will occur every time you switch
the ignition on while the malfunction
remains. The system has detected a fault
that requires service.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tyre pressures. A
malfunction may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of a
replacement tyre or wheel that prevents
the system from functioning correctly.
Always check the tyre pressure
monitoring system malfunction warning
after replacing one or more tyres or
wheels on your vehicle. Make sure the
replacement tyres or wheels allow the
system to continue to function correctly.
See When the Temporary Spare Tyre is
Installed in this section.
qHow Temperature Affects the
Tyre Pressures
Under normal driving conditions tyre
pressures may increase by up to 0.3 bar
(0.4 psi) from a cold start situation.
If the vehicle is stationary overnight and
the temperature is significantly lower than
the daytime temperature, tyre pressures
may decrease by up to 0.2 bar (0.3 psi)
when there is a drop in the ambient
temperature of 17 °C (63 °F) or more. The
system detects this pressure decrease as
being significantly below the correct
inflation pressure and the warning lamp
illuminates.
205
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page214
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (214,1)
Wheels and Tyres
qChanging Tyres With a Tyre
Pressure Monitoring System
You should always have tyres serviced by
an expert repairer, we recommend an
Authorised Mazda Repairer.
NOTE
Each road wheel and tyre is fitted with a
tyre pressure sensor located inside the
wheel and tyre assembly cavity. The
pressure sensor attaches to the valve
stem. The tyre covers the pressure
sensor and it is not visible unless the
tyre is removed. Take care when
changing the tyre to avoid damaging the
sensor.
qUnderstanding the Tyre Pressure
Monitoring System
You must maintain the correct tyre
pressures, even if low tyre pressure has
not illuminated the warning lamp.
The system measures the pressure in the
road tyres and displays a warning lamp in
the instrument cluster when a low
pressure is detected. Refer to WARNING
LAMPS AND INDICATORS on page 74.
206
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
The system detects this lower pressure as
being significantly below the correct
inflation pressure and the warning lamp
illuminates.
When the Temporary Spare Tyre is
Installed
If you need to replace a road wheel and
tyre with the temporary spare wheel, the
system will continue to identify a defect.
This is to remind you to repair the
damaged road wheel and tyre and refit the
repaired road wheel and tyre assembly to
your vehicle. To restore the correct
operation of the system, you must have
the repaired road wheel and tyre assembly
refitted to your vehicle.
When You Believe the System is Not
Operating Correctly
The main function of the system is to
warn you when the tyre pressures are low.
It can also warn you in the event the
system is no longer capable of operating
correctly. See the following chart for
information concerning the system:
When Inflating the Tyres
When inflating the tyres the system may
not respond immediately to the air added
to the tyres.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page215
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (215,1)
Wheels and Tyres
System Warning Lamps
Warning
lamp
Description
Action
1. Make sure tyres are at the correct pressure. See
Wheels and Tyres (page 193). The tyre pressures are
also on the tyre inflation pressure label
(located on the edge of driver door or the B-Pillar).
Tyre(s) under-inflated
Solid warning
lamp
Spare tyre in use
Tyre pressure monitoring system
malfunction
Solid warning Spare tyre in use
lamp initially
followed by a
flashing
Tyre pressure monitoring system
warning lamp malfunction
If the Warning Lamp is On
1. Check each tyre to verify that none are
flat.
2. If one or more tyres are flat, repair as
necessary.
3. Check the tyre pressures and inflate all
the tyres to the correct pressure.
4. Carry out the tyre pressure monitoring
system reset procedure.
qTyre Pressure Monitoring System
Reset Procedure
Overview
You must carry out the system reset
procedure after each tyre replacement or
adjustment of the tyre pressures.
2. After inflating the tyres to the correct pressure you
must carry out the tyre pressure monitoring system
reset procedure. See
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure in this chapter.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tyre and refit the
repaired road wheel and tyre assembly to your vehicle
to restore the correct operation of the system.
If the tyres are correctly inflated and the spare tyre is
not in use but the light remains on, the system has
detected a fault that requires service.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tyre and refit the
repaired road wheel and tyre assembly to your vehicle
to restore the correct operation of the system.
If the tyres are correctly inflated and the spare tyre is
not in use but the light remains on, the system has
detected a fault that requires service.
To maintain your vehicle load carrying
capability, your vehicle requires different
tyre pressures in the front tyres compared
to the rear tyres.
The system illuminates the warning lamp
at different pressures for the front and rear
tyres.
The tyres need to be periodically rotated
to provide consistent performance and
maximum tyre life, the system needs to
know when the tyres have been rotated to
determine which set of tyres are on the
front and rear axles. With this
information, the system can detect and
correctly warn of low tyre pressures.
207
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page216
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Wheels and Tyres
Carrying Out the System Reset
Procedure
1. Check the tyre pressures and inflate all
the tyres to the correct pressure.
2. Press and hold the tyre pressure
monitor reset switch for 3 seconds. The
warning indicator blinks 3 times to
acknowledge the reset procedure was
successful.
If a flat tyre is still present after you
perform the tyre pressure monitor reset
procedure, the warning indicator remains
illuminated in the instrument cluster.
Make sure all of your tyres are inflated to
the correct pressure before performing the
reset procedure.
Type Approvals
For details on Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Sensor Radio Frequency Compliance,
refer to TYPE APPROVALS (page 304).
208
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (216,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page217
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (217,1)
Wheels and Tyres
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel nut torque
Wheel type
All
Nm (lb-ft)
103 (76.5)
qTyre pressures (cold tyres)
Tyre size
215/70 R16C
108/106*
255/70 R16
111T*
265/65 R17
112T*
*
Normal load
Front
Rear
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
Economy
Front
Rear
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
Full load
Front
Rear
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
2.4 (35)
2.4 (35)
2.6 (38)
2.6 (38)
2.4 (35)
3.75 (54)
2.4 (35)
2.4 (35)
2.6 (38)
2.6 (38)
2.4 (35)
2.7 (39)
2.4 (35)
2.4 (35)
2.6 (38)
2.6 (38)
2.4 (35)
2.7 (39)
Only fit snow chains to specified tyres.
209
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page218
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (218,1)
Vehicle identification
VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION PLATE
The vehicle identification number and
maximum weights are shown on a plate
located on the bottom of the passenger
door aperture.
VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
Depending on the build location of your
vehicle, the stamped vehicle identification
number can be found in the following
locations.
A
B
210
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Left-hand side of the instrument panel.
Right-hand side beneath the front door
on the chassis.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page219
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (219,1)
Capacities and Specifications
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
qVehicle dimensions
Regular cab
C
E
B
D
A
Item
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
D
E
E
*
Dimension Description
Maximum length - excluding rear bumper (Without box)
Maximum length - excluding rear bumper (With box)
Maximum length - With underran protection (Without box)
Maximum length - With underran protection (With box)
Maximum length - including rear bumper
Overall width - excluding exterior mirrors
Overall height (4x2)
Overall height (4x2* or 4x4)
Wheelbase
Track - front and rear (4x2)
Track - front and rear (4x4)
Dimension in mm (inches)
5124 (201.7)
5277 (207.8)
5227 (205.8)
5277 (207.8)
5365 (211.2)
1850 (72.8)
1703 (67.0)
1800 - 1806 (70.9 - 71.1)
3220 (126.8)
1590 (62.6)
1560 (61.4)
Vehicles with increased ride height
211
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page220
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (220,1)
Capacities and Specifications
4-door freestyle cab
C
E
B
D
A
Item
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
D
E
E
1
Dimension Description
Maximum length - excluding rear bumper (Without box)
Maximum length - excluding rear bumper (With box)
Maximum length - With underran protection (Without box)
Maximum length - With underran protection (With box)
Maximum length - including rear bumper
Overall width - excluding exterior mirrors
Overall height (4x2)
Overall height (4x4)
Wheelbase
Track - front and rear (4x2)
Track - front and rear (4x4)
Depending on tyre size
212
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Dimension in mm (inches)
5124 (201.7)
5277 (207.8)
5227 (205.8)
5277 (207.8)
5365 (211.2)
1850 (72.8)
1706 (67.2)
1804 - 1810 (71.0 - 71.2)1
3220 (126.8)
1590 (62.6)
1560 (61.4)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page221
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (221,1)
Capacities and Specifications
Double cab
C
E
B
D
A
Item
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
D
E
E
1
*
Dimension Description
Maximum length - excluding rear bumper (Without box)
Maximum length - excluding rear bumper (With box)
Maximum length - With underran protection (Without box)
Maximum length - With underran protection (With box)
Maximum length - including rear bumper
Overall width - excluding exterior mirrors
Overall height (4x2)
Overall height (4x2* or 4x4)
Wheelbase
Track - front and rear (4x2)
Track - front and rear (4x4)
Dimension in mm (inches)
5124 (201.7)
5277 (207.8)
5227 (205.8)
5277 (207.8)
5365 (211.2)
1850 (72.8)
1716 (67.5)
1815-1821 (71.4 - 71.7)1
3220 (126.8)
1590 (62.6)
1560 (61.4)
Depending on tyre size
Vehicles with increased ride height
213
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page222
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Capacities and Specifications
qTowing equipment dimensions
4x2
214
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (222,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page223
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (223,1)
Capacities and Specifications
4x2 (vehicles with increased ride height) and 4x4
Item
A
A
Dimension Description
Attachment point - centre of tow ball (4x2)
Attachment point - centre of tow ball (4x2* or 4x4)
Dimension in mm (inches)
124 ± 5 (4.8 ± 0.2)
221.5 ± 5 (8.7 ± 0.2)
215
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page224
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (224,1)
Capacities and Specifications
Item
B
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
J
J
*
Dimension Description
Centre of tow ball - side member
Outside of side member
Centre of tow ball - centre of 1st attachment point (4x2)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 1st attachment point
(4x2* or 4x4)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 2nd attachment point (4x2)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 2nd attachment point
(4x2* or 4x4)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 3rd attachment point (4x2)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 3rd attachment point
(4x2* or 4x4)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 4th attachment point (4x2)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 4th attachment point
(4x2* or 4x4)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 5th attachment point (4x2)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 5th attachment point
(4x2* or 4x4)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 6th attachment point (4x2)
Centre of tow ball - centre of 6th attachment point
(4x2* or 4x4)
Dimension in mm (inches)
588 (23.1)
1176 (46.3)
419 ± 5 (16.5 ± 0.2)
363 ± 5 (14.3 ± 0.2)
442 ± 5 (17.4 ± 0.2)
386 ± 5 (15.2 ± 0.2)
542 ± 5 (21.3 ± 0.2)
486 ± 5 (19.1 ± 0.2)
785 ± 5 (30.9 ± 0.2)
728 ± 5 (28.7 ± 0.2)
429 ± 5 (16.8 ± 0.2)
373 ± 5 (14.7 ± 0.2)
504 ± 5 (19.8 ± 0.2)
448 ± 5 (17.6 ± 0.2)
Vehicles with increased ride height
qArab Gulf Cooperation Council
Item
Maximum engine
power/revolution
Maximum engine
torque/revolution
Maximum speed
MZI 2.5
Specification
MZ-CD 2.2
MZ-CD 3.2 I5
122 kW/5,500 rpm
110 kW/3,700 rpm
147 kW/3,000 rpm
375 N·m/1,500―2,500
rpm
175 km/h (109 mph)
470 N·m/1,750―2,500
rpm
225 N·m/4,500 rpm
216
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page225
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (225,1)
Navigation introduction
GENERAL
INFORMATION í
CAUTION
l
Irregular shaped CDs and CDs with
a scratch protection film or self
adhesive labels attached should not
be used. Warranty claims, where this
type of disc is found to be inside an
audio unit returned for repair, will
not be accepted.
l
Do not clean the unit with solvents
or aerosol cleaning agents. Use only
a damp cloth.
l
Do not insert foreign objects into any
of the unit disc drives or media card
slots.
l
Do not insert more than one disc into
the unit disc drive.
l
Use only 12 cm (4.7 inches) discs or
8 cm (3.1 inches) discs with a
suitable adaptor.
l
Do not attempt to open the unit. If
the unit malfunctions consult your
repairer.
l
Improper use of settings and
connections, other than those
explained in this handbook, can
damage the unit.
l
Do not turn the ignition key or
attempt to start the engine while the
software is updating.
Press the relevant button on the unit bezel
to access the system functions. This will
take you into the selected mode.
qOne hour mode
To conserve battery power, the system can
be operated in one hour mode. If the
ignition is off, press the ON/OFF button
to switch the system on. The system will
automatically switch off after one hour.
qSystem notes
WARNING
l
l
l
The indicated maximum speed may
not be applicable to your vehicle. It
is always your responsibility to
control the vehicle, supervise any
system and obey the correct speed
limit.
The front glass on the liquid crystal
display may break if hit with a hard
object. If the glass breaks, do not
touch the liquid crystalline
material. In case of contact with the
skin, wash immediately with soap
and water.
The unit is a high grade laser
product which uses an invisible
laser beam. If this is handled
incorrectly it can emit dangerous
rays. Do not attempt to look
through any openings in the unit.
The system is recommended for use when
the ignition key is turned to the accessory
position or when the engine is running. If
the system is used extensively when the
engine is not running, care needs to be
taken to avoid draining the battery.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
217
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page226
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Navigation introduction
ROAD SAFETY í
WARNING
l
l
l
l
l
The system provides you with
information designed to help you
reach your destination quickly and
safely.
For reasons of safety, the driver
should only programme the system
when the vehicle is stationary.
The system provides no assistance
with respect to stop signs, traffic
lights, areas under construction or
other important safety information.
Do not use the system until you
have familiarised yourself with its
operation.
Only view the system display when
driving conditions permit.
qSafety information
Read and follow all stated safety
precautions. Failure to do so may increase
your risk of collision and personal injury.
Mazda Motor Corporation shall not be
liable for any damages of any type arising
from failure to follow these guidelines.
If detailed viewing of route instructions is
necessary, pull off the road when it is safe
to do so and park your vehicle.
Do not use the navigation system to locate
emergency services.
To use the system as effectively and safely
as possible, always use the latest
navigation information. Your repairer will
be able to assist with this.
218
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (226,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page227
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (227,1)
Navigation Quick start
qVehicles with SD navigation system
The system has a large range of features,
yet is easy and intuitive to use. Route
guidance is shown on the display screen.
The screen provides full information for
operating the system through the use of
menus, text screens and map displays.
Screen selections are made by scrolling
through the menus using the up, down,
left and right arrow buttons and pressing
the OK button to activate the desired
setting.
Basic operation
1. Press either the NAV or MENU button
to enter the menu structure.
2. Use the up, down, left and right arrow
buttons and scroll through the various
selection lists.
3. Press the OK button to activate your
selection.
Selection lists
NOTE
As you spell the entry the results will
appear in the display.
l
The system will limit your entries to
only those characters which spell a
valid entry.
2. Press the OK button to activate your
selection.
Route setting example
Navigation main screen
l
To select the navigation system, press
the NAV button. The road safety
caution will be displayed. To use the
system, read the caution and press the
OK button.
Destination input screen
l
Use the up and down arrow buttons
and scroll to Destination input.
l
Press the OK button to activate your
selection.
Various screens are presented which offer
a selection list of available options.
1. Select the option you require, or if it is
not shown on the screen use the up and
down arrow buttons to view the
remainder of the selection list.
l
NOTE
A list with several options is shown.
l
Starting from the top, select the country
followed by either the postcode if
available or city and street name.
Alphanumeric keypad entry
l
When it is necessary to enter an address, a
keypad will appear prompting you to
enter a postcode, city, or street.
Use the alphanumeric keypad and
selection lists to select your address
details.
l
Once sufficient information has been
entered, scroll to Start guidance and
press the OK button to activate your
selection.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
1. Use the up, down, left and right arrow
buttons to select the letter or number
that you require.
219
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page228
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Navigation Quick start
NOTE
If you only need to navigate to a city
centre for example, full address details
are not required.
l
The route is now calculated and the
screen returns to the main navigation
screen with instructions on how to
proceed.
l
Follow the screen information and
voice prompts to reach your
destination.
220
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (228,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page229
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (229,1)
Navigation unit overview
A
Descriptions for function buttons 1-4
Function buttons 1 to 4 are context
dependent, and change according to the
current unit mode. Descriptions for the
functions are shown at the bottom of the
screen display.
221
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page230
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (230,1)
Navigation unit overview
qVehicles with SD navigation system
A
B
O, Q
P
F
G
W
E
C
X
V
I
U
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N M
S
H
D
L
T
K
J
Function 1.
Function 2.
Seek down. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 246). See
Track selection (page 253).
On/off and volume control.
Seek up. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 246). See
Track selection (page 253).
Function 3.
Function 4.
OK.
Telephone keypad, navigation destination entry and station presets. See
Using the telephone (page 266). See Station preset buttons (page 247).
Clock.
Traffic announcement. See Traffic information control (page 248).
Navigation arrows.
Map.
222
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page231
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (231,1)
Navigation unit overview
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Information.
Door lock indicator.
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 58).
Door lock button. See Locking and Unlocking (page 38).
Navigation.
Menu select.
Phone menu. See Telephone (page 263).
Auxiliary, USB and iPod select. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 111).
See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 260). See Connectivity (page 284).
Radio and waveband select. See Audio unit operation (page 245).
CD eject. See Compact disc player (page 253).
CD select. See Compact disc player (page 253).
223
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page232
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Navigation unit overview
LOADING THE
NAVIGATION DATA í
qLoading the navigation data
1. Load the navigation SD card into the
aperture.
2. Press the NAV button. The road safety
warning will be shown in the display.
3. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required feature.
4. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
For map updates and system upgrades
please refer to your repairer.
224
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (232,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page233
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (233,1)
System settings
Most of the important settings for your
navigation unit can be accessed via the
MENU or NAV button. The following
section describes the various options and
how to use them.
For menu structures: See Information
Displays (page 83).
Last destinations
This feature allows quick access to a
history of previous destinations entered in
the system. A detailed display will show
the complete stored information including
an overview map. Select the required
repeat destination from the list.
qMenu structure - Information
and entertainment display Vehicles with navigation system
Favourites
This feature allows you to customize a
personal destination address book and
assign user defined names to addresses
and locations. A detailed display will
show the complete stored information
including an overview map. Select the
required repeat destination from the list.
Route
This feature allows you to customise the
route to your specific journey
requirements (for example continue route
guidance, block specific sections of your
route or select specific sections of a
route).
Destination input
This feature allows you to enter your
destination details (for example enter city
names, enter street names or pick a place
from a map).
Traffic
This feature allows you to customise how
you receive traffic information (for
example review and sort traffic messages,
review your route or block parts of your
route).
Home address
This feature allows you to start the route
guidance to your home address or change
the details of your home address.
Points of interest
This feature allows you to customise the
route to your specific journey
requirements (for example select a
museum on route or a specific point of
interest near your destination).
Tour planning
This feature allows you to enter a number
of different destinations and select the
order in which you wish to visit them.
You can also modify an existing tour or
recall a previous tour. The system will
automatically calculate and display your
chosen journey.
Store position
This feature allows you to store and name
your current position.
Route options
This feature allows you to customise the
route to your specific journey
requirements (for example select the
fastest or most economical route or select
a route that will avoid tunnels, seasonal
roads and toll roads).
225
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page234
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (234,1)
System settings
Special functions
This feature allows you to select GPS and
system information or a demonstration of
the system functionality.
Nav audio mixing
This feature allows you to adjust the
volume mix between the navigation voice
output and audio source.
Map display
This feature allows you to change the way
the map screen is displayed (for example
clean 2D and clean 3D view) and to
customise display information for your
journey (for example time to arrival and
lane guidance).
DSP settings
This feature allows you to customise
speaker output relevant to seat positions.
See Digital signal processing (DSP)
(page 250).
Assistance options
This feature allows you to customise
display information for your journey (for
example signs, lanes and speed limits).
Personal data
This feature allows you to edit and delete
personal data (for example your home
address).
Reset all settings
This feature allows you to reset the
navigation settings.
qMenu structure - Information and
entertainment display - All vehicles
qAudio settings
Adaptive volume
This feature allows you to adjust the
volume level to compensate for engine
and road speed noise. You can turn this on
and off. See Automatic volume control
(page 250).
Sound
This feature allows you to adjust the
sound settings (for example bass and
treble.
226
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
DSP equaliser
This feature allows you to select the
music category that most suits your
listening preference. The audio output will
change to enhance the particular style of
music chosen. See Digital signal
processing (DSP) (page 250).
News
This feature allows you to receive news
bulletins from stations on the FM
waveband or radio data system (RDS) and
enhanced other network (EON) linked
stations, in the same way as traffic
information is provided. You can turn this
on and off. See News broadcasts (page
251).
Alternative frequencies
This feature will search for and switch to
the strongest station signal when moving
from one transmission area to another. See
Alternative frequencies (page 251).
RDS regional
This feature controls the behaviour of AF
switching between regionally related
networks of a parent broadcaster. See
Regional mode (REG) (page 252).
Bluetooth®
This feature allows you to switch
Bluetooth® on or off.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page235
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (235,1)
System settings
qClock settings
Set time
This feature allows you to manually adjust
the time.
Set date
This feature allows you to manually adjust
the date, month and year.
GPS time
This feature allows you to, if in a suitable
coverage area, automatically adjust the
date and time using GPS.
Set time zone
This feature allows you select a specific
time zone.
Summertime
This feature allows you set the system to
adjust for seasonal time differences.
NOTE
GPS time must be selected.
24-hour mode
This feature allows you to adjust the
system between 12 and 24-hour mode.
227
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page236
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (236,1)
Navigation system
ROUTE OPTIONS MENU í
You can set a number of options which
alter the way a route is planned.
Using the up, down, left and right arrow
buttons, you can select from the list which
road features are to be avoided or
included in the route by turning the
feature on or off.
qEco settings
Trailer
Use this feature to change the economy
settings of your journey relating to
whether or not you are towing a trailer
and if so the size of trailer being towed.
Roof box
qRoute
Use this feature to change the economy
settings of your journey relating to the use
of a roof box.
Eco
This option will prioritise the most
economical route to the destination.
qDynamic
Fast
This option will prioritise the fastest route
to the destination.
When switched on, and if the unit is
receiving a valid traffic message channel
(TMC) signal, the route will be
automatically updated to take into account
real time traffic incidents or congestion.
Short
This option will prioritise the shortest
route to the destination..
Always ask
Use this feature to make sure that you are
always given the choice of route type
selection for your journey.
qDriver
Leisurely
This option will prioritise the route for a
leisurely driver to the destination.
Normal
This option will prioritise the route for a
normal driver to the destination.
Fast
This option will prioritise the route for a
fast driver to the destination.
228
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
NOTE
This feature can be useful in avoiding
delays or hold ups on journeys.
qMotorway
When switched on the system will look
for motorways on your route and
automatically update your route distance
and timings.
NOTE
This feature can be useful in avoiding
delays or hold ups on journeys.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page237
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (237,1)
Navigation system
qFerry/motorail
When switched on the system will look
for ferry crossings and motorail facilities
on your route and automatically update
your route distance and timings.
qToll
When switched on the system will look
for toll roads on your route and
automatically update your route distance
and timings.
qSeasonal roads
When switched on the system will look
for seasonal roads on your route and
automatically update your route distance
and timings.
NOTE
This feature can be useful in avoiding
delays or hold ups on journeys.
qToll sticker
When switched on the system will
automatically select toll roads and update
your route distance and timings.
ROUTE DISPLAYS í
qMap display
Press the MAP button for a map view.
This view will show your current location
with your vehicle in the centre shown as
an arrow surrounded by a circle. The
arrow will face in the direction of travel.
The information on the top line gives the
name of the current road, or the next road
to take if a turn is approaching.
You can change the way the map is
displayed by altering the zoom and
orientation settings. Press the relevant
function buttons to change the map scale
and using the left and right arrow buttons
zoom in or out. The current map scale is
shown on the display.
Map scale settings may be set between 50
metres to 500 kilometres or 0.05 miles to
500 miles, with an auto setting to the far
left. The auto setting continuously
changes the map scale according to the
road type being driven.
qJunction zoom
This feature will automatically increase
the zoom on the map display at times
when you are required to make a turn, or
perform more complex manoeuvres.
Shortly after the zoom scale will return to
the previous level.
Select AUTO to activate junction zoom.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
229
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page238
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Navigation system
qNavigation display
After commencing a navigation route, the
default screen is the main navigation
screen:
Once an active route is underway,
guidance will be given by on-screen
information and voice prompts.
Whichever audio source you wish to leave
the unit in, basic turn by turn and distance
information will remain on the screen in
the form of a graphic inset. You do not
need to leave the unit on the main
navigation screen when you are
navigating a route. Slightly more detailed
information on your route may be
available via the main navigation screen if
required.
WARNING
Do not rely on the screen prompts
when navigating. Always listen to the
navigation voice and take care not be
distracted from the road ahead.
230
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (238,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page239
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (239,1)
Traffic Message Channel
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION í
Traffic message channel (TMC) stations
are broadcast on the FM waveband. TMC
is a feature that receives traffic alerts
which can be used to plan alternative
routes and avoid hold ups.
USING TMC í
Press the TA or TRAFFIC button to
show the traffic menu page.
qTraffic announcement
Traffic announcement (TA) can be turned
on or off via this menu. If switched on a
TA indicator is shown in the information
border of the status bar.
Stations which broadcast on the FM
waveband and carry traffic programmeme
(TP) information are identified by TP
shown in the screen display. With TA
switched on the unit will respond to these
announcements and interrupt music
playback. After the announcement has
ended music playback will resume.
qEnding traffic announcements
The unit will return to normal operation at
the end of each traffic announcement. To
end the announcement prematurely, press
the TA, TRAFFIC, RADIO or CD
button during the announcement.
qUsing TMC messages
Select the required item to display a list of
TMC messages. See General
Information (page 83). This is only an
overview display which gives very basic
information. Select the message you
require further information on and another
screen will be displayed giving full
message details on incident location etc.
You may either select a view which shows
messages only affecting your programmed
route, or a view which shows all messages
received. Press function button 1 to
change the view.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
231
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page240
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Map updates
The road network is constantly changing
due to new roads, changes in road
classification, etc. Therefore, it is not
always possible to exactly match the map
data in the system to the current road
network.
Map information is regularly updated, but
all areas are not necessarily covered to the
same level of detail. Some roads, in
particular private roads, may not be
included on the database. To help with
accuracy, always use the latest version
navigation disc. Your repairer will be able
to provide this.
232
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (240,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page241
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (241,1)
Audio introduction
IMPORTANT AUDIO INFORMATION
WARNING
l
l
l
l
l
Due to technical incompatibility, recordable (CD-R) and rewritable (CD-RW) discs
may not function correctly.
These CD radio units will play compact discs that conform to the International Red
Book standard audio specification. Copy protected CDs from some manufacturers
do not conform to this standard and playback cannot be guaranteed.
Dual format, dual sided discs (DVD Plus, CD-DVD format), adopted by the music
industry, are thicker than normal CDs and consequently playback cannot be
guaranteed, and jamming could occur. Irregular shaped CDs and CDs with a
scratch protection film or self adhesive labels attached should not be used.
Warranty claims, where this type of disc is found to be inside an audio unit
returned for repair, will not be accepted.
All CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 12 cm audio compact discs
only.
The audio unit may be damaged if unsuitable items like credit cards or coins are
pushed inside the CD aperture.
qAudio unit labels
qDisc labels
Audio CD
233
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page242
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Audio introduction
MP3
234
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (242,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page243
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (243,1)
Audio unit overview
NOTE
A
Units have an integrated multi function
display situated above the CD aperture.
This shows important information
regarding control of your audio unit.
Additionally, there are various icons
placed around the display screen which
light up when a function is active (for
example CD, Radio or Aux.)
B
C
D
Type of audio unit and relevant
multifunction display:
Type 2: Base display
Type 3: Large display
Type 4: 5 inch NAV colour display
Type 1
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
CD eject. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
Volume control.
CD Aperture.
LCD display.
Seek up. CD track select/Fast-rewind.
See Station tuning control
(page 246). See Track selection
(page 253).
Menu select.
On/off and mute.
Seek down. CD track
select/Fast-forward. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
Radio and waveband select. See
Audio unit operation (page 245).
Scan and auto store. Play all tracks on
CD.
Station preset 6. Shuffle. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
Station preset 5. Repeat. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
Station preset 4. Next folder. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
Station preset 3. Previous folder. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
Station preset 2. Scroll display. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
Station preset 1. Back. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
Select CD/Auxiliary. See
Compact disc player (page 253). See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 111). See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 260).
235
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page244
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (244,1)
Audio unit overview
Type 2
K, M
L
E
A
B
C
Q
F
O
P
J
H
N
G
236
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
D
I
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page245
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (245,1)
Audio unit overview
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
CD eject. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
CD select. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
Seek down. CD track selection. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
On/off and volume control.
Seek up. CD track selection. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
Station presets. See
Station preset buttons (page 247).
OK.
Information.
Navigation arrows.
Traffic announcement. See
Traffic information control
(page 248).
Door lock indicator.
Hazard warning flasher switch. See
Hazard Warning Flashers (page 58).
Door lock button. See
Locking and Unlocking (page 38).
Menu select.
Sound button. See Sound button
(page 245).
Auxiliary select. See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 111). See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 260).
Radio and waveband select. See
Audio unit operation (page 245).
Type 3
A
Descriptions for function buttons 1-4
237
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page246
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (246,1)
Audio unit overview
A
B
M, O
N
F
G
U
E
C
V
T
I
S
P
L
K
Q
H
238
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
D
J
R
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page247
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (247,1)
Audio unit overview
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
Function 1.
Function 2.
Seek down. CD track selection. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
On/off and volume control.
Seek up. CD track selection. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
Function 3.
Function 4.
OK.
Telephone keypad and station presets.
See Using the telephone (page 266).
See Station preset buttons
(page 247).
Navigation arrows.
Traffic announcement. See
Traffic information control
(page 248).
Information.
Door lock indicator.
Hazard warning flasher switch. See
Hazard Warning Flashers (page 58).
Door lock button. See
Locking and Unlocking (page 38).
Sound button. See Sound button
(page 245).
Menu select.
Phone menu. See Telephone
(page 263).
Auxiliary, USB and iPod select. See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 111). See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 260). See Connectivity
(page 284).
Radio and waveband select. See
Audio unit operation (page 245).
CD eject. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
CD select. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
Function buttons 1 to 4 are context
dependent, and change according to the
current unit mode. Descriptions for the
functions are shown at the bottom of the
screen display.
Type 4
A
Descriptions for function buttons 1-4
239
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page248
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (248,1)
Audio unit overview
A
B
O, Q
P
F
G
W
E
C
X
V
I
U
R
N M
S
H
240
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
D
L
T
K
J
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page249
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (249,1)
Audio unit overview
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Function 1.
Function 2.
Seek down. CD track selection. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
On/off and volume control.
Seek up. CD track selection. See
Station tuning control (page 246).
See Track selection (page 253).
Function 3.
Function 4.
OK.
Telephone keypad, navigation
destination entry and station presets.
See Using the telephone (page 266).
See Station preset buttons
(page 247).
Clock.
Traffic announcement. See
Traffic information control
(page 248).
Navigation arrows.
Map.
Information.
Door lock indicator.
Hazard warning flasher switch. See
Hazard Warning Flashers (page 58).
Door lock button. See
Locking and Unlocking (page 38).
Navigation.
Menu select.
Phone menu. See Telephone
(page 263).
Auxiliary, USB and iPod select. See
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
(page 111). See Connectivity
(page 284).
Radio and waveband select. See
Audio unit operation (page 245).
CD eject. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
CD select. See Compact disc player
(page 253).
Function buttons 1 to 4 are context
dependent, and change according to the
current unit mode. Descriptions for the
functions are shown at the bottom of the
screen display.
241
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page250
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Audio system security
SECURITY CODE
Each unit incorporates a unique code that
is linked to the vehicle identification
number (VIN). The system will
automatically check that the audio unit
and vehicle match before allowing
operation.
If a security code message appears, please
see your repairer.
242
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (250,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page251
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (251,1)
Audio unit clock and date displays
SETTING THE CLOCK
ON THE AUDIO UNIT
l
Rotate the VOLUME CONTROL to
adjust the hours.
l
Press BACK button to return to
previous menu.
l
Rotate the VOLUME CONTROL to
select minute set and enter.
l
Rotate the VOLUME CONTROL to
adjust minutes.
l
Press MENU button to save the new
settings.
qChanging the time
The clock can be set at any time when the
system is in the one hour mode or the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
NOTE
Type 2 and 3: The time can be adjusted
using the hour and minute buttons on
the screen.
To advance the hours, press the HOUR
SET button. To advance the minutes,
press the MINUTE SET button while the
time is flashing.
NOTE
l
l
Type 4: The time can be adjusted
using the clock button on the audio
control panel. See Audio unit
overview (page 235).
The time can be adjusted using the
navigation arrow buttons on the
audio control panel.
Type 1
Type 2 and 4
l
Press the MENU button.
l
Use the UP and DOWN arrow buttons
to select the clock settings.
l
Press OK or RIGHT arrow button to
enter clock settings.
l
Use UP and DOWN arrow button to
select the set time.
l
Use UP and DOWN arrow buttons to
adjust hours.
l
Use RIGHT and LEFT arrow buttons to
scroll to the minutes.
l
Use UP and DOWN arrow buttons to
adjust minutes.
l
Press OK button to save the new
settings
Type 3
l
Press the MENU button.
l
Press the MENU button.
l
Rotate the VOLUME CONTROL to
select the date/time.
l
Use the UP and DOWN arrow buttons
to select the clock.
l
Short press the MENU button to enter
date/time.
l
Press OK or RIGHT arrow button to
enter clock menu.
l
Rotate the VOLUME CONTROL to
select the hour set and enter.
l
Use UP and DOWN arrow button to
select the set time.
243
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page252
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Audio unit clock and date displays
l
Use UP and DOWN arrow buttons to
adjust hours.
l
Use RIGHT and LEFT arrow buttons to
scroll to the minutes.
l
Use UP and DOWN arrow buttons to
adjust minutes.
l
Press OK button to save the new
settings
qExact hour adjustment
You can set the time to the beginning of
an hour using this feature.
l
Press the CLOCK button for about two
seconds until a beep is heard. The
clock's current time will flash.
l
Press the CLOCK button again and the
time will be adjusted as follows:
Example
l
current set time between 12:01 and
12:29 will change to 12:00 exactly.
l
current set time between 12:30 and
12:59 will change to 1:00 exactly.
NOTE
If the power supply to the unit is
interrupted (if the fuse blows or the
vehicle's battery is disconnected), the
clock will need to be reset.
244
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (252,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page253
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (253,1)
Audio unit operation
ON/OFF CONTROL
Press the on/off control. This will also
operate the unit for up to one hour with
the ignition turned off.
The radio will switch off automatically
after one hour.
SOUND BUTTON
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings (for example bass and treble).
1. Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
make the necessary adjustment. The
display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
245
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page254
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (254,1)
Audio unit operation
WAVEBAND BUTTON
Press the RADIO button to select from the
wavebands available.
The selector can also be used to return to
radio reception when you have been
listening to another source.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available wavebands. Scroll
to the required waveband and press OK.
STATION TUNING
CONTROL
qSeek tuning
Select a waveband and briefly press one
of the seek buttons. The unit will stop at
the first station it finds in the direction
you have chosen.
qManual tuning
Type 1
1. Press the FM/AM button and then
MANUAL TUNE.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the waveband in small
increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
Type 2
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select RADIO mode and then
MANUAL TUNE.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the waveband in small
increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
4. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Type 3 and 4
1. Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the waveband in small
increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
246
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page255
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (255,1)
Audio unit operation
3. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
qScan tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
Type 1
1. Press the FM/AM button.
2. Short press the SCAN/AS button, the
radio will automatically scan up the
selected waveband.
3. Short press the SCAN/AS button again
to continue listening to a station.
Type 2
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select RADIO mode and then SCAN.
3. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected waveband.
4. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Type 3 and 4
1. Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected waveband.
STATION PRESET
BUTTONS
This feature allows you to store your
favourite stations so that they can be
recalled by selecting the appropriate
waveband and pressing one of the preset
buttons.
1. Select a waveband.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
This can be repeated on each waveband
and for each preset button.
NOTE
When you drive to another part of the
country, FM stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored
on preset buttons, may be updated with
the correct frequency and station name
for that area.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to
continue listening to a station.
247
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page256
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (256,1)
Audio unit operation
AUTOSTORE CONTROL
NOTE
This will store up to a maximum of the
10 strongest signals available, either
from the AM or the FM waveband, and
overwrite the previously stored stations.
It can also be used to store stations
manually in the same way as other
wavebands.
qType 1
1. In RADIO mode, long press the
SCAN/AS button.
2. When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the Autostore presets.
qType 2, 3 and 4
1. Press and hold function button 1 or the
RADIO button.
2. When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the Autostore presets.
TRAFFIC INFORMATION
CONTROL
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
waveband have a TP code to signify that
they carry traffic programmeme
information.
qActivating traffic announcements
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A ‘TA’ display
will appear to show the feature is
switched on.
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, ‘TP’ will
also be displayed. Otherwise the unit will
search for a traffic programmeme.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and ‘Traffic
announcement (TA)’ will appear in the
display.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
NOTE
248
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
l
If TA is on and you select a preset or
manual tune to a non TA station no
traffic announcement will be heard.
l
When you are listening to a non TA
station and turn TA off and on again
a TP seek will occur.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page257
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (257,1)
Audio unit operation
qTraffic announcement volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
To adjust the preset volume:
l
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming TA broadcast. The display
will show the level selected.
qEnding traffic announcements
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC
during the announcement.
NOTE
If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all
announcements off.
249
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page258
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (258,1)
Audio unit menus
AUTOMATIC VOLUME
CONTROL
When available, automatic volume control
(AVC) adjusts the volume level to
compensate for engine noise and road
speed noise.
DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING (DSP)
qDSP occupancy
1. Press the MENU button and select
AUDIO.
This feature takes into account the
differences in distance from the various
speakers in the vehicle to each seat. Select
the sitting position for which the audio is
to be correctly enhanced.
2. Select AVC LEVEL or ADAPTIVE
VOL.
qDSP equaliser
3. Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
Select the music category that most suits
your listening preference. The audio
output will change to enhance the
particular style of music chosen.
4. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
5. Press the MENU button to return.
qChanging the DSP settings
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
3. Scroll to the required DSP function.
4. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
5. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
6. Press the MENU button to return.
250
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page259
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (259,1)
Audio unit menus
NEWS BROADCASTS
Some audio units interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM waveband or radio
data system (RDS) and enhanced other
network (EON) linked stations, in the
same way as traffic information is
provided.
During news broadcasts, the display will
indicate there is an incoming
announcement. News interrupts are
broadcast at the same preset volume level
as traffic announcements.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
3. Scroll to NEWS and turn on or off with
the OK button.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
ALTERNATIVE
FREQUENCIES
Many programmemes that broadcast on
the FM waveband have a programmeme
identification (PI) code, which can be
recognised by audio units.
If your radio has alternative frequencies
(AF) tuning switched on and you move
from one transmission area to another, this
facility will search for and switch to a
stronger station signal, if one can be
found.
Under certain conditions, however, AF
tuning may temporarily disrupt normal
reception.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while it
checks a list of alternative frequencies
and, if necessary, it will search once
across the selected waveband for a
genuine alternative frequency.
It will restore radio reception when it
finds one or, if one is not found, the unit
will return to the original stored
frequency.
When selected, ‘AF’ will be shown in the
display.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO MENU.
3. Scroll to ALTERNAT FREQ. or
ALTERNATIVE FREQ. and turn on or
off with the OK button.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
251
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page260
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Audio unit menus
REGIONAL MODE (REG)
Regional mode (REG) controls the
behaviour of AF switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a
fairly large network across a large part of
the country. At various times of the day
this large network may be broken down
into a number of smaller regional
networks, typically centred on major
towns or cities. When the network is not
split into regional variants, the whole
network caries the same programming.
Regional mode ON: This prevents
‘random’ AF switches when neighbouring
regional networks are not carrying the
same programming.
Regional mode OFF: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighbouring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause ‘random’ AF
switches if they are not.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
3. Scroll to RDS REGIONAL and turn on
or off with the OK button.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
252
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (260,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page261
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (261,1)
Compact disc player
COMPACT DISC
PLAYBACK
TRACK SELECTION
l
Press the seek up button once to move
to the next track or press it repeatedly
to access later tracks.
l
Press the seek down button once to
replay the current track. If pressed
within two seconds of the start of a
track, the previous track will be
selected.
l
Press the seek down button repeatedly
to select previous tracks.
NOTE
During playback, the display indicates
the disc, track and time that has elapsed
since the start of the track.
During radio reception, press the CD
button once to start CD playback.
Playback will start immediately after a
disc is loaded.
qType 2, 3 and 4
Press the up or down arrow buttons, and
using the OK button, select the required
track.
qType 3 and 4
The desired track number may be entered
using the numeric keypad. Dial the
required track number until complete (for
example 1 then 2 for track 12), or dial the
number and directly press OK.
253
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page262
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (262,1)
Compact disc player
FAST FORWARD/
REVERSE
Press and hold the seek down or up
buttons to search backwards or forwards
within the tracks on the disc.
SHUFFLE/RANDOM
Random track playback, also known as
shuffle, plays all tracks on the CD in
random order.
qType 1
1. Press the SHUFFLE button in CD
mode.
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include SHUFFLE for the whole CD, or
to play all the tracks in the folder in a
random order.
qType 2
1. Press the MENU button and select CD
MODE.
2. Select SHUFFLE, which then enables
the function to be selected on or off.
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include SHUFFLE for the whole CD, or
to play all the tracks in the folder in a
random order.
qType 3 and 4
Press function button 2.
NOTE
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include SHUFFLE for the whole CD, or
to play all the tracks in the folder in a
random order. Repeat presses of
function button 2 will toggle these
options.
Use the seek up or down button to select
the next track to shuffle if required.
254
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page263
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (263,1)
Compact disc player
REPEAT COMPACT
DISC TRACKS
qType 1
1. Press REPEAT button in CD mode.
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include REPEAT for the track, or to repeat
all the tracks in the folder.
qType 2
1. Press the MENU button and select CD
MODE.
2. Select REPEAT, which then enables
the function to be selected on or off.
The track will replay once ended.
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include REPEAT for the track, or to repeat
all the tracks in the folder.
qType 3 and 4
Press function button 1.
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include REPEAT for the track, or to repeat
all the tracks in the folder. Repeat presses
of function button 1 will toggle these
options.
COMPACT DISC
TRACK SCANNING
The SCAN function allows you to
preview each track for approximately 5
seconds.
qType 1
1. Press CD/AUX to select CD MODE.
2. Short press SCAN/AS button to
activate CD scanning.
3. Short press the SCAN/AS button again
to continue listening to a track.
qType 2
Various scan modes are possible,
according to the type of CD currently
playing.
1. Press the MENU button and select CD
MODE.
2. Select SCAN, which then enables the
function to be selected on or off.
NOTE
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include SCAN for the CD, or just the
tracks in the folder.
3. Press the OK button to stop the scan
mode.
255
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page264
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (264,1)
Compact disc player
qType 3 and 4
1. Press function button 3.
NOTE
When an MP3 CD is playing, options
include SCAN for the CD, or just the
tracks in the folder. Repeat presses of
function button 3 will toggle these
options.
2. Press function button 3 again to stop
the scan mode.
MP3 FILE PLAYBACK
MP3 (MPEG 1 Audio Layer-3) is a
standard technology and format for
compressing audio data. This allows a
more efficient use of the media.
You can play MP3 files recorded on CDROMs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs. The disc
must be in the ISO 9660 level 1 or level 2
format, or Joliet or Romeo in the
expansion format. You can also use a disc
recorded in Multi Session.
qISO 9660 format
This is the most common international
standard for the logical format of files and
folders on a CD-ROM.
There are several specification levels. In
Level 1, file names must be in the 8.3
format (no more than 8 characters in the
name, no more than 3 characters in the
extension “.MP3”) and in capital letters.
Folder names can be no longer than 8
characters. There can be no more than 8
folder levels (trees). Level 2 specifications
allow file names up to 31 characters long.
Each folder can have up to 8 trees.
For Joliet or Romeo in the expansion
format, please consider these restrictions
when configuring your CD writing
software.
256
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page265
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (265,1)
Compact disc player
qMulti session
qPlaying a multi session disc
This is a recording method that enables
adding of data using the Track-At-Once
method.
Conventional CDs begin at a CD control
area called the Lead-in and end at an area
called Lead-out. A Multi Session CD is a
CD having multiple sessions, with each
segment from Lead-in to Lead-out
regarded as a single session.
When the first track of the first session
is audio CD data
Only audio CD data of the first session is
played back. Non-audio CD data/MP3 file
information (track number, time, etc.) is
displayed with no sound.
When the first track of the first session
is not audio CD data
l
CD-Extra: The format that records
audio (audio CD data) as tracks on
session 1, and records data as tracks on
session 2.
l
If an MP3 file is in the disc, only MP3
file(s) play back and other data is
skipped. (Audio CD data is not
recognised.)
l
Mixed CD: In this format, data is
recorded as track 1, and audio (audio
CD data) is recorded as track 2.
l
If no MP3 file is in the disc, nothing is
played back. (Audio CD data is not
recognised.)
qFile formats
l
With formats other than ISO 9660 level
1 and level 2, folder names or file
names may not be displayed correctly.
l
When naming, be sure to add the file
extension “.MP3” to the file name.
l
l
If you put the extension “.MP3” to a
file other than MP3, the unit cannot
recognise the file properly and will
generate random noise that could
damage your speakers.
qMP3 files playback order
The playback order of the folders and files
is as shown.
NOTE
A folder that does not include an MP3
file is skipped.
The following discs take a longer time
to start playback.
l
l
l
a disc recorded with complicated
tree structure.
a disc recorded in Multi Session.
a non-finalised disc to which data
can be added.
257
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page266
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (266,1)
Compact disc player
Playback tip: To specify a desired
playback order, before the folder or file
name, input the order by number (e.g.,
“01,” “02”), then record contents onto a
disc. (The order differs depending on the
writing software.)
qID3 Tag Version 2
The following occurs when an MP3 file
containing ID3 tag ver.2 is played:
l
When skipping a portion of ID3 tag
ver.2 (at the beginning of the track),
sound is not output. Skip time changes
depending ID3 tag ver.2 capacity.
Example: At 64 kbytes, it is about 2
seconds (with RealJukebox).
l
The displayed elapsed playing time
when skipping a portion of ID3 tag
ver.2 is inaccurate. For MP3 files of a
bit rate other than 128 kbps, time is not
displayed accurately during playback.
l
When an MP3 file is created with MP3
conversion software (e.g. RealJukebox
- a registered trademark of
RealNetworks Inc), ID3 ver.2 will
automatically be written.
258
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qMP3 navigation
MP3 tracks may be recorded on the CD in
several ways. They can all be placed in
the root directory like a conventional
audio CD, or they can be placed in folders
that may represent, for example, an
album, an artist, or a genre.
The normal playing sequence on CDs
with multiple folders is to play the tracks
within the root (top level) first, then the
tracks in any folder(s) within the root,
then move onto the second folder, and so
forth.
l
Press the up or down arrow buttons to
enter the track list.
l
Navigate the hierarchy using the arrow
buttons to select another folder or track
(file).
l
Press OK to select a highlighted track.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page267
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (267,1)
Compact disc player
MP3 DISPLAY OPTIONS
NOTE
Type 1 units may require repeated
button presses of the INFO button to
display all the available track
information.
When an MP3 disc is playing, certain
information encoded in each track can be
displayed. Such information will normally
include:
l
The file name
l
The folder name
l
ID3 information which might be the
album or artist's name
ENDING COMPACT
DISC PLAYBACK
To restore radio reception on all units:
l
Press the RADIO button.
NOTE
This will not eject the CD; the disc will
merely pause at the point where radio
reception was restored.
To resume CD playback, press the CD
button again.
The unit will normally show the file name
that is playing. To select one of the other
items of information:
l
Press the INFO button.
qCD text display options
When an audio disc with CD text is
playing, limited information encoded in
each track can be displayed. Such
information will normally include:
l
The disc name
l
The artist name
l
The track name
These display options are selected in the
same way as MP3 displays.
259
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page268
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket
NOTE
For optimum performance when using
any auxiliary device set the volume on
the device high. This will reduce audio
interference when charging the device
via the vehicle power supply socket.
When fitted the Auxiliary input (AUX IN)
socket permits an auxiliary device, such
as an MP3 player, to be linked into the
vehicle audio system. Output can be
played through the vehicle speakers.
To connect an auxiliary device, plug it
into the AUX IN socket using a 3.5 mm
conventional audio jack connector.
Select the auxiliary input via the AUX
button and playback will be heard through
the vehicle speakers. LINE IN or LINE IN
ACTIVE will appear in the vehicle audio
unit display. Volume, treble and bass can
be adjusted on the vehicle audio unit as
normal.
The vehicle audio unit buttons can also be
used to restore playback from the vehicle
audio unit, while the auxiliary device
remains connected.
260
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (268,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page269
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (269,1)
Audio system care
ANTENNA
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the aerial,
remove it before entering a car wash or
passing beneath a low overhead
clearance.
Fixed Aerial
The radio aerial is mounted on the roof of
the vehicle above the interior rear view
mirror. It is fixed and cannot be raised and
lowered, however the aerial spire can be
removed by unscrewing it from the base.
Folding Aerial
The radio aerial is mounted on the roof of
the vehicle above the interior rear view
mirror. It is can be raised and lowered.
The aerial spire can be removed by
unscrewing it from the base.
261
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page270
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (270,1)
Audio troubleshooting
Audio unit display
PLEASE CHECK
CD
Rectification
General error message for CD fault conditions, such as cannot read the CD, data-CD
inserted, etc. Ensure disc is loaded correct way up. Clean and re-try, or replace disc with
known music disc. If error persists contact your repairer.
CD DRIVE
General error message for CD fault conditions such as possible mechanism fault.
MALFUNCTION
CD DRIVE HIGH
Ambient temperature too hot - unit will not work until it has cooled down.
TEMP
IPOD ERROR
General error message for iPod fault conditions, such as cannot read the data. Ensure iPod
READING DEVICE
is inserted correctly. If error persists contact your repairer.
262
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page271
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (271,1)
Telephone
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION
Using the system with the engine off
will drain the battery.
This section describes the functions and
features of the Bluetooth® mobile phone
hands free system.
The Bluetooth® mobile phone part of the
system provides interaction with the audio
or navigation system and your mobile
phone. It allows you to use the audio or
navigation system to make and receive
calls without having to hold your mobile
phone.
qCompatibility of phones
CAUTION
As no common agreement exists,
mobile phone manufacturers are able to
implement a variety of profiles in their
Bluetooth® devices. Because of this, an
incompatibility can occur between the
phone and hands-free system, which in
some cases may significantly degrade
the system performance. To avoid this
situation, only recommended phones
should be used.
Consult an Authorised Mazda Repairer
for full details.
TELEPHONE SETUP
qPhonebook
After start up access to the phonebook list
can be delayed for several minutes,
depending upon the size.
qPhonebook categories
Depending on your phonebook entry,
different categories can be displayed in
the audio unit.
For example:
M
O
H
F
Mobile
Office
Home
Fax
NOTE
Entries may be displayed without a
category attachment.
The category can also be indicated as an
icon:
Phone
Mobile
Home
Office
Fax
263
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page272
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (272,1)
Telephone
qMaking a phone an active phone
When using the system for the first time,
no phone is connected to the system.
Bluetooth® phone
After bonding a Bluetooth® phone to the
system, this becomes the active phone.
For further information refer to the phone
menu.
Select the phone from the active phone
menu.
Turning the ignition and radio or
navigation unit back on again, the last
active phone is picked up by the system.
BLUETOOTH® SETUP
Before you can use your telephone with
your vehicle it must be bonded to the
vehicle telephone system.
qHandling of phones
Up to six Bluetooth® devices can be
bonded to the vehicle system.
NOTE
l
If there is an ongoing call when the
phone in use is selected as the new
active phone, the call is transferred to
the vehicle audio system.
l
Even if connected to the car system,
your phone can still be used in the
usual way.
NOTE
In some cases the Bluetooth®
connection must also be confirmed on
the phone.
qBond another Bluetooth® phone
Bond a new Bluetooth® phone as
described in the requirements for a
Bluetooth® connection.
Phones stored in the system are accessible
by using the phone list on the audio unit.
NOTE
A maximum of six devices may be
bonded. If six Bluetooth® devices have
already been bonded, one of these has
to be debonded in order to bond a new
device.
264
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
qRequirements for Bluetooth®
connection
The following are required before a
Bluetooth® phone connection can be
made.
1. The Bluetooth® feature must be
activated on the phone and on the
audio unit. Make sure the Bluetooth®
menu option in the audio unit is set to
ON. For information on phone settings,
refer to your phone user guide.
2. In the Bluetooth® menu on your
phone, search for Mazda Audio and
select it.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page273
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:34 PM
Black plate (273,1)
Telephone
3. Enter the code number shown on the
vehicle display using the phone
keypad. If no code number is shown on
the display, enter the Bluetooth® PIN
number 0000 using the phone keypad.
Now enter the Bluetooth® PIN number
shown on the vehicle display.
TELEPHONE CONTROLS
qRemote control
Voice and mode button
4. If your mobile phone asks you to
authorise the automatic connection,
select YES.
NOTE
A phone call will be disconnected if the
audio unit is switched off. If the ignition
key is turned to the off position the
phone call will remain in progress.
A
B
Reject call
Answer call
Incoming calls can be accepted by
pressing the answer call button once.
Press the reject call button to end the call
or to reject the incoming call.
265
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page274
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (274,1)
Telephone
USING THE TELEPHONE
NOTE
l
Refer to your audio guide for details
of the controls. See Audio unit
overview (page 235).
l
You can exit the phone menu by
pressing any source button CD,
RADIO or AUX.
l
When referred to, the use of the up/
down arrow buttons, seek up and
seek down buttons, and the OK
button can be used on either the
steering wheel or the audio unit.
This chapter describes the phone
functions of the audio unit.
An active phone must be present.
Even if connected to the audio unit, your
phone can still be used in the usual way.
qMaking a call
Dialling a number using voice control
NOTE
You can also use the telephone keypad
to select the first letter of the entry you
are looking for. Press the relevant
number that corresponds to the letter
repeatedly until the required letter is
displayed.
4. Press the up/down arrow buttons to
select the desired phone number.
NOTE
Press and hold the up/down arrow
buttons to search forwards or
backwards within the phonebook.
5. Press the OK button to dial the selected
phone number.
Dialling a number using the telephone
keypad í
If you have an audio unit with a telephone
keypad (buttons 0-9, * and #):
Phone numbers can be dialled using voice
control. See Telephone commands (page
280).
1. Press the PHONE button.
Dialling a number using the address
book í
3. Press the OK button.
You can access your phone address book
via Bluetooth®. The entries will appear in
the unit display.
1. Press the PHONE or the answer call
button.
2. Press the up/down arrow buttons until
PHONEBOOK is shown.
3. Press the OK button.
266
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
2. Dial the number using the telephone
keypad on the audio unit.
NOTE
If you enter an incorrect digit whilst
entering a phone number, press function
button 3 to erase the last digit. A long
press will erase the complete string of
digits.
Press and hold 0 to enter a
digit.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page275
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (275,1)
Telephone
Ending a call
Calls can be ended by:
l
pressing the reject call button.
l
pressing the OK button.
l
pressing function button 4.
Redialling a number
1. Press the PHONE or the answer call
button.
2. Press the up/down arrow buttons until
CALL LISTS is displayed.
3. Press the OK button.
qReceiving an incoming call
Accepting an incoming call
Incoming calls can be accepted by
pressing the answer call button, or by
pressing the OK button.
Rejecting an incoming call
Incoming calls can be rejected by:
l
pressing the reject call button, or
l
pressing the arrow down button to
highlight REJECT and then pressing
the OK button.
qReceiving a second incoming call
NOTE
If the active phone does not provide a
call out list, the last outgoing call
number/entry can be redialled.
4. Press the up/down buttons to select the
desired call list.
5. Press the OK button.
6. Press the up/down buttons to select the
desired phone number.
7. Press the OK button.
Redialling the last dialled number í
1. Press the PHONE or the answer call
button.
2. Press the up/down arrow buttons until
REDIAL is displayed.
3. Press the OK button.
NOTE
The second incoming call function must
be activated in your phone.
If there is an incoming call whilst there is
an ongoing call, a beep will be heard and
you will have the option to end the active
call and to accept the incoming call.
Accepting a second incoming call
NOTE
The first incoming call will be
disconnected and replaced by the
second incoming call.
Second incoming calls can be accepted by
pressing the answer call button on the
steering wheel, the PHONE button, or by
pressing the OK button on the audio unit.
Rejecting a second incoming call
Second incoming calls can be rejected by:
l
pressing the reject call button.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
267
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page276
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (276,1)
Telephone
pressing the arrow down button to
highlight REJECT and then pressing
the OK button.
l
pressing function button 4.
l
qMuting the microphone
qDebonding a bonded phone
A bonded phone can be deleted from the
system at any time, unless a phone call is
in progress.
1. Press the PHONE or accept call
button.
NOTE
2. Press the up/down buttons until
SELECT PHONE is shown.
During a call, it is possible to mute the
microphone. Whilst muted,
confirmation will appear in the display.
3. Press the OK button.
Press function button 1. Press the button
once again to turn this function off.
qChanging the active phone
NOTE
l
Phones must be bonded to the
system before they can be made
active.
l
After bonding a phone to the system,
this becomes the active phone.
1. Press the PHONE or accept call
button.
2. Press the up/down buttons until
SELECT PHONE is shown.
3. Press the OK button.
4. Scroll through the different stored
phones by using the up/down buttons
to display the bonded phones.
5. Press the OK button to select the phone
which is to be the active phone.
268
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
4. Press the up/down buttons to highlight
the required phone.
5. Press function button 1.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page277
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (277,1)
Voice control
PRINCIPLE OF
OPERATION í
CAUTION
Using the system with the engine off
will drain the battery.
Voice recognition enables operation of the
system without the need to divert your
attention from the road ahead in order to
change settings, or receive feedback from
the system.
Whenever you issue one of the defined
commands with the system active, the
voice recognition system converts your
command into a control signal for the
system. Your inputs take the form of
dialogues or commands. You are guided
through these dialogues by
announcements or questions.
Please familiarise yourself with the
functions of the system before using voice
recognition.
qSupported commands
qSystem response
As you work through a voice session the
system will prompt you with a beep tone
each time the system is ready to proceed.
Do not try to give any commands until the
beep tone has been heard. The voice
control system will repeat each spoken
command back to you.
If you are not sure how to continue say
"HELP" for assistance or "CANCEL" if
you do not wish to continue.
Say "Back" to perform the operation from
the beginning again.
The "HELP" function provides only a
subset of the available voice commands.
Detailed explanations of all possible voice
commands can be found on the following
pages.
qVoice commands
All voice commands should be given
using a natural speaking voice, as if
speaking to a passenger or on the phone.
Your voice level should be dependant on
the surrounding noise level inside or
outside the vehicle but do not shout.
The voice control system allows you to
control the following vehicle functions:
l
Bluetooth® phone
l
radio
l
CD Player
l
external device (USB)
l
external device (iPod)
l
external device (Bluetooth® audio)
l
automatic air-conditioning
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
269
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page278
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (278,1)
Voice control
USING VOICE CONTROL í
qSystem operation
The order and content of the voice
controls are given in the following lists.
The tables show the sequence of user
voice commands and system responses for
each available function.
<> indicates a number or stored name tag
to be inserted by the user.
Short cuts
There are a number of voice command
short cuts available, which allow you to
control some vehicle features without
having to follow the complete command
menu. These are:
l
phone:"MOBILE NAME", "DIAL
NUMBER", "CALL <first name>,
<last name> AT <location> (Ex. "Call
Fred Bloggs at home")" , and
"REDIAL"
l
CD player/CD changer:"DISC"
l
automatic airconditioning:"TEMPERATURE
<number> DEGREES (Ex.
"Temperature 21 degrees")", "AUTO
MODE", "DEFROSTING/
DEMISTING ON" and
"DEFROSTING/DEMISTING OFF"
l
radio:"STATION NAME"
270
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
(Switching audio source)
When the following command is spoken out, the
audio source can be switched.
Voice command
Explanation
Switches the audio
“PLAY RADIO”
source to radio.
Switches the audio
“PLAY CD”
source to CD.
“LINE IN” or
Switches the audio
“AUXILIARY”
source to auxiliary input.
Switches the audio
“PLAY USB”
source to USB.
Switches the audio
“PLAY IPOD”
source to iPod.
Switches the audio
“PLAY BLUETOOTH” source to Bluetooth®
audio.
NOTE
l
Some commands cannot be used
depending on devices and use
conditions.
l
If the Bluetooth® device, USB, or
AUX is not connected, the related
commands cannot be used.
Start communicating with the system
Before you can start talking to the system
you first have to press the VOICE button
for each operation and wait until the
system answers with a beep. See Voice
Control (page 49).
Press the button again to cancel the voice
session.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page279
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (279,1)
Voice control
qName tag
The name tag functionality can support
the phone, audio and navigation features
by using the "STORE NAME" function.
You can assign name tags to items such
asfavourite radio stations and personal
phone contacts. See Audio unit
commands (page 271). See Telephone
commands (page 280).
l
Store up to 20 name tags per function.
l
The average recording time for each
name tag is approximately 2-3 seconds.
AUDIO UNIT
COMMANDS í
qCD Player
You can control playback directly by
voice control.
Overview
The overview below shows the available
voice commands. The following lists will
give further information about the
complete command menu in selected
examples.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
271
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page280
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (280,1)
Voice control
"CD"
"PLAY"
"TRACK"
"SHUFFLE ALL"
"SHUFFLE FOLDER"*
"SHUFFLE OFF"
"REPEAT FOLDER"*
"REPEAT TRACK"
"REPEAT OFF"
* Only available if the CD contains audio data files like MP3 or WMA.
Track
You can choose a track on your CD directly.
Steps
1
2
3
User says
"CD"
"TRACK"
"<a number between 1 and 99>"*
System answer
"CD"
"TRACK NUMBER PLEASE"
"TRACK<number>"
* Additionally, numbers can be spoken as up to four single digits (for example "2", "4", "5" for track 245)
Shuffle all
To set random playback.
Steps
1
User says
"CD"
2
"SHUFFLE ALL"
qRadio
The radio voice commands support the
functionality of the radio and allow you to
tune radio stations by voice control.
Overview
The overview below shows the available
voice commands. The following lists will
give further information about the
complete command menu.
272
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
System answer
"CD"
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page281
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (281,1)
Voice control
"RADIO"
"AM <frequency>"
"FM <frequency>"
"STATION NAME"
"DELETE NAME"
"DELETE DIRECTORY"
"PLAY DIRECTORY"
"STORE NAME"
"PLAY"
Tune frequency
This function allows you to tune your radio by voice commands.
Steps
1
2
User says
"RADIO"
System answer
"RADIO"
"AM <frequency>"*
"FM <frequency>"*
* The frequency may be entered in a variety of ways. Refer below for representative examples.
FM band:87.5 - 108.0 in increments of 0.1
l
"Eighty nine point nine"(89.9)
l
"Ninety"(90.0)
l
"One hundred point five"(100.5)
l
"One zero one point one"(101.1)
l
"One zero eight"(108.0)
AM/MW band:531 - 1602 in increments
of 9
AM/LW band:153 - 281 in increments of
1
l
"Five thirty one"(531)
l
"Nine hundred"(900)
l
"Fourteen forty"(1440)
l
"Fifteen zero three"(1503)
l
"Ten eighty"(1080)
Store name
If you have tuned a radio station, you can
store it with a name in the directory.
273
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page282
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (282,1)
Voice control
Steps
1
User says
"RADIO"
2
"STORE NAME"
3
"<name>"
4
"<name>"
System answer
"RADIO"
"STORE NAME"
"NAME PLEASE"
"REPEAT NAME PLEASE"
"STORING NAME"
"<name> STORED"
Station name
This function allows you to call up a stored radio station.
Steps
1
2
3
User says
"RADIO"
"STATION NAME"
"<name>"
System answer
"RADIO"
"NAME PLEASE"
"TUNE <name>"
Delete name
This function allows you to delete a stored radio station.
Steps
1
2
User says
"RADIO"
"DELETE NAME"
3
"<name>"
4
"YES"
"NO"
System answer
"RADIO"
"NAME PLEASE"
"DELETE <name>"
"CONFIRM YES OR NO"
"DELETED"
"COMMAND CANCELLED"
Play directory
This function allows you to let the system tell you all of the stored radio stations.
Steps
1
2
User says
"RADIO"
"PLAY DIRECTORY"
System answer
"RADIO"
"PLAY <DIRECTORY>"
Delete directory
This function allows you to delete all stored radio stations at once.
Steps
1
User says
"RADIO"
2
"DELETE DIRECTORY"
3
"YES"
"NO"
274
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
System answer
"RADIO"
"DELETE DIRECTORY"
"CONFIRM YES OR NO"
"RADIO DIRECTORY DELETED"
"COMMAND CANCELLED"
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page283
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (283,1)
Voice control
Play
This function switches the audio source to the radio mode.
Steps
1
User says
"RADIO"
2
"PLAY"
System answer
"RADIO"
qAuxiliary input
This function allows you to switch the
audio source to the attached auxiliary
input device.
Steps
1
User says
"LINE IN" or
"AUXILIARY"
System answer
"LINE IN" or
"AUXILIARY"
qExternal devices - USB
These voice commands support the
functionality of an external USB device
which may be connected to the audio unit.
Overview
The overview below shows the available
voice commands. The following lists will
give further information about the
complete command menu in selected
examples.
275
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page284
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (284,1)
Voice control
"USB"
"PLAY"
"TRACK"
"PLAYLIST"*
"FOLDER"*
"SHUFFLE ALL"
"SHUFFLE FOLDER"
"SHUFFLE PLAYLIST"
"SHUFFLE OFF"
"REPEAT TRACK"
"REPEAT FOLDER"
"REPEAT OFF"
* Play lists and folders activated by voice control must be assigned special filenames.
USB play
This function allows you to switch the audio source to the attached USB device.
Steps
1
User says
"USB"
2
"PLAY"
System answer
"USB"
USB Track
You can choose a track on your USB device directly.
Steps
1
2
3
User says
"USB"
"TRACK"
"<a number between 1 and 99>"*
System answer
"USB"
"TRACK NUMBER PLEASE"
"TRACK <number>"
* Additionally, numbers can be spoken as up to four single digits (for example "2", "4", "5" for track 245)
qExternal devices - iPod
These voice commands support the
functionality of an iPod which may be
connected to the audio unit.
Overview
The overview below shows the available
voice commands. The following lists will
give further information about the
complete command menu in selected
examples.
276
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page285
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (285,1)
Voice control
"IPOD"
"PLAY"
"TRACK"
"PLAYLIST"*
"SHUFFLE ALL"
"SHUFFLE FOLDER"
"SHUFFLE PLAYLIST"
"SHUFFLE OFF"
"REPEAT TRACK"
"REPEAT FOLDER"
"REPEAT OFF"
* Playlist activated by voice control must be assigned special filenames.
iPod Track
You can choose a track off the all titles list of your iPod directly.
Steps
1
2
3
User says
"IPOD"
"TRACK"*
"<a number between 1 and 99>"**
System answer
"IPOD"
"TRACK NUMBER PLEASE"
"TRACK <number>"
* Can be used as a shortcut.
** Additionally, numbers can be spoken as up to five single digits (for example "5", "2", "4", "5", "3" for track
52453), to a limit of 65535.
iPod playlist
You can choose a playlist from your iPod directly.
Steps
1
2
3
User says
"IPOD"
"PLAYLIST"*
"<a number between 1 and 10>"
System answer
"IPOD"
"PLAYLIST NUMBER PLEASE"
"PLAYLIST <number>"
* Playlist activated by voice control must be assigned special filenames
277
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page286
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Voice control
External devices - Bluetooth®
These voice commands support the
functionality of Bluetooth® which may be
connected to the audio unit.
Overview
The overview below shows the available
voice commands. The following lists will
give further information about the
complete command menu in selected
examples.
278
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (286,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page287
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (287,1)
Voice control
"BLUETOOTH"
"PLAY"
"SHUFFLE ALL"
"SHUFFLE OFF"
"REPEAT TRACK"
"REPEAT OFF"
279
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page288
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Voice control
TELEPHONE
COMMANDS í
qPhone
Your phone system allows you to create
an additional phonebook. The stored
entries can be dialled by voice control.
Phone numbers stored by using voice
control are stored on the vehicle system
and not in your phone.
Overview
The overview below shows the available
voice commands. The following lists will
give further information about the
complete command menu in selected
examples.
280
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (288,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page289
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (289,1)
Voice control
"TELEPHONE"
"MOBILE NAME"*
"DIAL NUMBER"*
"CALL <first name> <last name> AT <location>"*
"REDIAL"*
"ACCEPT CALLS"
"REJECT CALLS"
* Can be used as a shortcut.
qPhone functions
Redial
Dial number
This function allows you to redial the last dialled
phone number.
Phone numbers can be dialled after giving the name
tag voice command.
Steps
1
2
3
4
User says
"TELEPHONE"
System answer
"TELEPHONE"
"NUMBER
"DIAL NUMBER"*
PLEASE"
"<phone number>
"<phone number>"
CONTINUE?"
"DIAL"
"DIALLING"
"<repeat last part of
"CORRECTION"
number>
CONTINUE?"
* Can be used as a shortcut.
Dial/Call name
Phone numbers can be dialled after giving
the name tag voice command.
Steps
1
2
User says
"TELEPHONE"
"CALL <first
name>, <last name>
AT <location>
(Ex. "Call Fred
Bloggs at home")"
System answer
"TELEPHONE"
Steps
1
User says
"TELEPHONE"
2
"REDIAL"*
"YES"
3
"NO"
System answer
"TELEPHONE"
"REDIAL"
"CONFIRM YES
OR NO"
"DIALLING"
"COMMAND
CANCELLED"
* Can be used as a shortcut.
Mobile name
This function allows you to access phone numbers
stored with a name tag in your mobile phone.
Steps
1
2
User says
"TELEPHONE"
System answer
"TELEPHONE"
"MOBILE NAME"
"MOBILE NAME"* "<phone dependent
dialogue>"
* Can be used as a shortcut.
DTMF (Tone dialling)
"DIALLING"
This function transfers spoken numbers
into DTMF tones. For example, to make a
remote enquiry to your home answering
machine or to enter a PIN number etc.
281
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page290
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (290,1)
Voice control
NOTE
DTMF can only be used during an
ongoing call. Operate the VOICE
button and wait for the system prompt.
Can only be used with vehicles installed
with a dedicated VOICE button.
Steps
User says
1
System answer
"NUMBER
PLEASE"
"<numbers 1 to 9,
zero, hash, star>"
2
qMain settings
CLIMATE CONTROL
COMMANDS í
qClimate
The climate voice commands supports the
functionality of the fan speed, temperature
and mode settings. Not all functions are
available on all vehicles.
Overview
The overview below shows the available voice
commands. The following lists will give further
information about the complete command menu in
selected examples.
"CLIMATE"
"DEFROSTING/DEMISTING ON"*
"DEFROSTING/DEMISTING OFF"*
"TEMPERATURE <number> DEGREES"*
"AUTO MODE"*
Reject calls
Calls can be set to be automatically rejected using
voice control.
Steps
1
2
User says
System answer
"TELEPHONE"
"TELEPHONE"
"REJECT CALLS" "REJECT CALLS"
"ACCEPT
"ACCEPT CALLS"
CALLS"*
* Can be used as a shortcut.
Defrosting/Demisting
Steps
1
* use this command to turn the reject mode off
2
*
282
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
User says
System answer
"CLIMATE"
"CLIMATE"
"DEFROSTING
"DEFROSTING
ON/DEMISTING ON/DEMISTING
ON"
ON"*
"DEFROSTING
"DEFROSTING
OFF/DEMISTING OFF/DEMISTING
OFF"
OFF"*
Can be used as a shortcut.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page291
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (291,1)
Voice control
Temperature
This function allows you to adjust the
temperature.
Steps
1
2
User says
System answer
"CLIMATE"
"CLIMATE"
"TEMPERATURE
<number>
"TEMPERATURE
DEGREES
<number>
(Ex. Temperature 21
DEGREES"
degrees)"*
* Can be used as a shortcut. The temperature can be
set in 0.5 degree C (1 degrees F) increments
between 16 (61 degrees F) and 28 (82 degrees F)
degrees C.
Auto mode
Steps
1
2
User says
"CLIMATE"
"AUTO MODE"*
System answer
"CLIMATE"
"AUTO MODE"
*
Can be used as a shortcut. Can be deactivated by
selecting a different temperature or fan speed.
283
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page292
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (292,1)
Connectivity
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE
CAUTION
l
Take care when handling external
devices with exposed electrical
connectors (such as the USB plug).
Always replace the protective cap/
shield when possible. There may be
a risk of electrostatic discharge
causing damage to the device.
l
Do not touch or handle the USB
socket in the vehicle. Cover the
socket when not in use.
l
Only use USB Mass-Storage device
compliant devices.
l
Always switch your audio unit to a
different source (for example the
radio) before unplugging the USB
device.
l
Do not install or connect USB hubs
or splitters.
l
The system is only designed to
recognise and read suitable audio
files from a USB device that
conforms to the USB Mass-Storage
device class or an iPod. Not all
available USB devices can be
guaranteed to function with the
system.
l
It is possible to connect compatible
devices with a trailing USB lead as
well as those that plug into the
vehicle USB socket directly (for
example USB memory sticks and
pen drives).
l
Some USB devices with a higher
power consumption may not be
compatible (for example some larger
hard drives).
l
Access time to read the files on the
external device will vary depending
upon factors such as the file
structure, size and device content.
The system supports a range of external
devices, to fully integrate with your audio
unit via the USB and auxiliary input
sockets. Once connected, control of the
external device is possible via the audio
unit.
A list of typical compatible devices are
shown below:
284
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
l
USB memory sticks
l
USB portable hard drives
l
Some MP3 players with USB
connection
l
iPod media players
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page293
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (293,1)
Connectivity
The system is USB 2.0 full speed
compatible, USB 1.1 host compliant and
supports FAT 16/32 file systems.
qInformation on audio file
structures for external devices
USB
Create only a single partition on the USB
device.
We recommend that you put MP3 files in
a folder.
If play lists are created, they must contain
correct file paths referenced to the USB
device. It is recommended to create the
playlist after the audio files have been
transferred to the USB device.
Playlist must be created in .m3u format.
Audio files must be in .mp3 format.
Do not exceed the following limits:
l
1000 items per folder (files, folders and
play lists)
l
5000 folders per USB device
(including play lists)
l
8 subfolder levels.
iPod
To enable voice control for custom play
lists, create play lists named with the
structure “Mazda<*>” where <*> is a
number 1-10. For example “Mazda7”
without any space between “Mazda” and
the number.
Thereafter, play lists will be selectable
with voice control. See Audio unit
commands (page 271).
To enable voice control for custom play
lists and folders, follow the procedure
below:
l
Create folders named with the structure
“Mazda<*>” where <*> is a number
1-10. For example “Mazda3” without
an extension.
l
Create play lists named with the
structure “Mazda<*>.m3u” where
<*> is a number 1-10. For example
“Mazda5.m3u” without any space
between “Mazda” and the number.
Thereafter, custom folders and play lists
will be selectable with voice control. See
Audio unit commands (page 271).
285
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page294
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (294,1)
Connectivity
CONNECTING AN
EXTERNAL DEVICE
WARNING
Make sure the external device is
securely mounted within the vehicle,
and that trailing connections do not
obstruct any of the driving controls.
External devices may be connected using
the auxiliary input socket and the USB
port. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN)
socket (page 111). See USB port (page
111).
qConnection
Plug in the device, and if necessary secure
it to prevent movement within the vehicle.
Connecting an iPod
It is possible to connect your iPod using
the standard iPod USB lead and a separate
3.5 mm audio jack lead. If using this
method preset the iPod volume to
maximum and turn off any equalizer
settings before making the connections:
l
Connect the headphone output of the
iPod to the AUX IN socket.
l
Connect the USB lead from the iPod to
the vehicle USB socket.
286
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
CONNECTING AN
EXTERNAL DEVICE VEHICLES WITH:
BLUETOOTH®
qConnecting a Bluetooth® audio
device
CAUTION
As various standards exist,
manufacturers are able to implement a
variety of profiles in their Bluetooth®
devices. Because of this, an
incompatibility can occur between the
Bluetooth® device and the system,
which in some cases may limit system
functionality. To avoid this situation,
only recommended devices should be
used.
Consult an Authorised Mazda Repairer
for full details.
Bonding the device
NOTE
Some audio and navigation units have a
separate Bluetooth® audio menu. Use
this to access setup and control.
To connect the device to the system
follow the same procedure as for
Bluetooth® hands free phones. See
Bluetooth® setup (page 264).
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page295
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (295,1)
Connectivity
Operating the device
Select Bluetooth® audio as the active
source.
Tracks can be accessed by skipping
forwards and backwards using the
steering wheel controls, or directly from
the audio unit controls.
USING A USB DEVICE
Various icons are used to identify types of
audio file, folders etc.
USB device is the active source
Folder
Playlist
Album
Artist
Filename
Track title
Information not available
287
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page296
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (296,1)
Connectivity
qRadio
NOTE
Operation
Select the USB device as the audio source
by repeatedly pressing the CD/AUX
button until USB appears in the display.
After first connecting the USB device, the
first track within the first folder will start
to play automatically. Subsequently,
following audio source switching, the
position of playback on the USB device is
remembered.
To browse the device contents, press the
up/down arrow key or the OK button
once.
The display will show the track
information, together with other important
information described below:
l
A vertical scroll bar on the right side of
the display shows the current position
of the folder view.
l
">" after an entry indicates a further
level down is readable (for example a
folder named after an album, with
individual album tracks within that
folder).
l
"<" before the list indicates that a
further level up is readable.
l
Icons to the left of track/folder text
indicate the type of file/folder. Refer to
the list for an explanation of these
icons.
To navigate the USB device contents, use
the up/down arrow keys to scroll through
lists, and the left/right keys to move up or
down within the folder hierarchy. Once
your desired track, playlist or folder is
highlighted, press the OK button to select
playback.
288
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
If you wish to jump to the top level of
the USB device contents, press and
hold the left arrow key.
Audio control
Press the left and right arrow keys to skip
backwards and forwards through tracks.
Press and hold the left/right arrow keys to
enable fast rewind/fast forward through
track content.
Press the up/down arrow key or the OK
button to browse the device contents.
Press the MENU key to enter the USB
menu. It is possible to enable shuffle and
repeat functions here with respect to
folders and play lists.
Press the SCAN button to scan the whole
device, current folder or a playlist if it is
in operation.
Press the INFO button to display the
following:
l
filename
l
title
l
artist
l
album
l
track number and playing time.
Repeated button presses will scroll
through these displays.
qSD Navigation units í
Operation
Select the USB device as the audio source
by pressing the CD/AUX button until the
USB button appears to the left of the
display. Select USB from the available
device list.
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page297
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (297,1)
Connectivity
NOTE
Some devices may be shown but not
selectable, depending if the device is
connected or not.
After first connecting the USB device, the
first track within the first folder will start
to play automatically. Subsequently,
following audio source switching, the
position of playback on the USB device is
remembered.
To browse the device contents, press the
scroll up or down arrow button.
The display will show the track
information, together with other important
information described below:
l
l
A vertical scroll bar on the right side of
the display shows the current position
of the folder view.
">" after an entry indicates a further
level down is readable (for example a
folder named after an album, with
individual album tracks within that
folder).
l
"<" to the left hand side of the display
indicates that a further level up is
readable.
l
Icons to the left of track/folder text
indicate the type of file/folder. Refer to
the list for an explanation of these
icons.
Audio control
Press the SEEK up and down keys to skip
backwards and forwards through tracks.
Press and hold the SEEK keys to enable
fast rewind/fast forward through track
content.
Press the scroll bar arrow keys to browse
the device contents.
Press SHUFFLE or REPEAT buttons to
enable shuffle and repeat functions with
respect to folders and play lists.
Press the SCAN button to scan the current
playlist if it is in operation, or the
complete USB device or folder.
Press the INFO button to display the
following:
l
filename
l
title
l
artist
l
album
l
track number and playing time.
To navigate the USB device contents, use
the scroll buttons to browse through lists.
Push the button to expand the contents
within the highlighted playlist or folder, or
to commence playback of a particular
track. Press the left arrow key to go up
one level.
289
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page298
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (298,1)
Connectivity
USING AN IPOD
Various icons are used to identify types of
audio file, folders etc.
iPod is the active source
iPod playlist
iPod artist
iPod album
iPod genre
qRadio
Operation
Connect the iPod. See Connecting an
external device (page 286).
Select the iPod as the audio source by
repeatedly pressing the CD/AUX button
until iPod appears in the display.
The iPod menu list for browsing contents
will be available through the radio
display. Navigation of the contents
follows the same principles as for iPod
standalone use (for example search by
artist, title, etc.). To browse the iPod
contents, press the up/down arrow key or
the OK button once.
The display will show the track
information, together with other important
information described below:
iPod song
l
A vertical scroll bar on the right side of
the display shows the current position
of the list view.
iPod generic category
l
">" after an entry indicates a further
level down is readable (for example all
albums by a particular artist).
l
"<" before the list indicates that a
further level up is readable.
l
An icon on the left side indicates the
type of the currently displayed list (for
example list of albums). Refer to the
list for an explanation of these icons.
iPod generic media file
To navigate the iPod contents, use the up/
down arrow keys to scroll through lists,
and the left/right keys to move up or
down within the hierarchy. Once your
desired track, playlist, album, artist or
genre is highlighted, press the OK button
to select playback.
290
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page299
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (299,1)
Connectivity
NOTE
NOTE
If you wish to jump to the top level of
the iPod contents, press and hold the
left arrow key.
Some devices may be shown but not
selectable, depending if the device is
connected or not.
Audio control
Press the left and right arrow keys to skip
backwards and forwards through tracks.
Press and hold the left/right arrow keys to
enable fast rewind/fast forward through
track content.
Press the up/down arrow key or the OK
button to browse the iPod contents.
Press the MENU key to enter the iPod
menu. It is possible to enable shuffle and
repeat functions here. It is also possible to
enable the iPod "Shuffle songs" option
directly from the top level.
Press the SCAN button to scan the
currently selected tracks.
Press the INFO button to display the
following:
l
title
l
artist
l
track number and playing time.
Repeated button presses will scroll
through these displays.
qSD Navigation units í
Operation
Connect the iPod. See Connecting an
external device (page 286).
Select the iPod as the audio source by
pressing the CD/AUX button until the
iPod button appears to the left of the
display. Select iPod from the available
device list.
The iPod menu list for browsing contents
will be available through the display.
Navigation of the contents follows the
same principles as for iPod standalone use
(for example search by artist, title, etc.).
To browse the iPod contents, press the
scroll up or down arrow button.
The display will show the track
information, together with other important
information described below:
l
A vertical scroll bar on the right side of
the display shows the current position
of the list view.
l
">" after an entry indicates a further
level down is readable (for example all
albums by a particular artist).
l
"<" before the list indicates that a
further level up is readable.
l
An icon on the left side indicates the
type of the currently displayed list (for
example list of albums). Refer to the
list for an explanation of these icons.
To navigate the iPod contents, use the
scroll buttons to browse through lists.
Push the button to expand the contents
within the highlighted playlist, album,
artist, genre or to commence playback of a
particular track. Press the left arrow key to
go up one level.
Audio control
Press the SEEK up and down keys to skip
backwards and forwards through tracks.
í
Some models.
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
291
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page300
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Connectivity
Press and hold the SEEK keys to enable
fast rewind/fast forward through track
content.
Press the scroll bar arrow keys to browse
the iPod contents.
Press the MENU key to enter the iPod
menu. It is possible to enable shuffle and
repeat functions here. It is also possible to
enable the iPod "Shuffle songs" option
directly from the top level.
Press the SCAN button to scan the
currently selected tracks.
Press the INFO button to display the
following:
l
title
l
artist
l
track number and playing time.
292
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (300,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page301
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (301,1)
Appendices
TYPE APPROVALS
qFCC/INDUSTRY CANADA
NOTICE
TYPE APPROVALS
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC ID: WJLRX-42
IC: 7847A-RX42
Changes or modifications to your device
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
RX-42 - declaration of conformity
We, the party responsible for compliance,
declare under our sole responsibility that
the Handset Integration product RX-42 is
in conformity with the provisions of the
following Council Directive: 1999/5/EC.
A copy of the Declaration of Conformity
can be found at:
www.novero.com/
declaration_of_conformity
293
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page302
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Appendices
TYPE APPROVALS
SD Logo is a trademark.
294
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (302,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page303
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (303,1)
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
WARNING
Your vehicle has been tested and certified to legislations relating to electromagnetic
compatibility (72/245/EEC, the UNECE *1 10 Regulation or other applicable local
requirements). It is your responsibility to ensure that any equipment you have fitted
complies with applicable local legislations. Have any equipment fitted by properly
trained technicians.
*1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.
l The RF (radio frequency) transmitter equipment (e.g. cellular telephones, amateur
radio transmitters etc.) may only be fitted to your vehicle if they comply with the
parameters shown in the table below. There are no special provisions or conditions
for installations or use.
l Do not mount any transceiver, microphones, speakers, or any other item in the
deployment path of the airbag system.
l Do not fasten aerial leads to original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and brake pipes.
l Keep aerial and power leads at least 10 centimetres (4 inches) from any electronic
modules and airbags.
l
295
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page304
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (304,1)
Appendices
Frequency
Band MHz
1 - 30
50 - 54
68 - 87.5
142 - 176
220 - 225
380 - 512
806 - 870
870 - 940
1200 - 1400
1710 - 1885
1885 - 2025
*
Maximum output power Watt (Peak RMS)
Aerial Positions
100 W
100 W
50 W
50 W
50 W
50 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
8
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5, 6*, 7*
3, 4, 5, 6*, 7*
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5, 6*, 7*
3, 4, 5, 6*, 7*
Only for GSM/3G cellular phones, with a patch aerial installed inside of the front windscreen.
NOTE
l
Position 6 & 7 are patch aerials, 8 is the towbar.
l
After the installation of RF transmitters, check for disturbances from and to all
electrical equipment in the vehicle, both in the standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
l
with the ignition ON
l
with the engine running
l
during a road test at various speeds.
Check that electromagnetic fields generated inside the vehicle cabin by the transmitter
installed do not exceed applicable human exposure requirements.
296
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page305
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (305,1)
Appendices
TYPE APPROVALS
Remote control
NOTE
We recommend that you use the remote control only in the countries listed.
If the type approval of your remote control is inspected, refer to the following table.
297
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page306
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Appendices
Remote control with flip key
298
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (306,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page307
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (307,1)
Appendices
Remote control without flip key
299
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page308
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (308,1)
Appendices
Engine immobiliser
If the type approval of your engine immobiliser is inspected, refer to the following table.
300
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page309
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (309,1)
Appendices
301
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page310
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Appendices
302
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (310,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page311
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (311,1)
Appendices
Alarm
If the type approval of your alarm is inspected, refer to the following official test numbers.
303
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page312
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Appendices
TYPE APPROVALS
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
304
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (312,1)
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page313
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (313,1)
Index
A
A
A/C
Audible Warnings and Indicators ......... 81
Alarm warning .............................. 81
Direction indicators warning ......... 81
Door open warning ........................ 81
Key in ignition warning ................. 81
Lights on warning ......................... 81
Low fuel level warning ................. 81
Low washer fluid warning ............. 82
Missed lock warning ..................... 82
Not in park warning ...................... 81
Over speed warning ....................... 81
Parking brake warning .................. 81
Restraints back-up warning ........... 81
Turn indicator ................................ 81
Audio Control ...................................... 49
Mode ............................................. 49
Seek ............................................... 49
Audio introduction ............................. 233
Audio system care .............................. 261
Audio system security ........................ 242
Audio troubleshooting ........................ 262
Audio unit clock and date displays .... 243
Audio unit commands ........................ 271
Auxiliary input ............................ 275
CD Player .................................... 271
External devices - iPod ................ 276
External devices - USB ............... 275
Radio ........................................... 272
Audio unit menus ............................... 250
Audio unit operation .......................... 245
Audio unit overview ........................... 235
Autolamps ............................................ 55
Air-Conditioning ........................... 88
About This Manual ................................ 1
ABS
Brakes .......................................... 130
ABS driving hints
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes .......................................... 131
Accessories
Parts and Accessories ...................... 2
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .............. 48
Aerial .................................................. 261
Air Conditioning
Air-Conditioning ........................... 88
Air Vents
Air Vents ....................................... 89
Air-Conditioning .................................. 88
Principle of Operation ................... 88
Air-conditioning commands ............... 282
Climate ........................................ 282
Alarm ................................................... 45
Alternative frequencies ...................... 251
Appendices ......................................... 293
Arming the alarm ................................. 47
Arming the engine immobiliser ............ 43
Ashtray ............................................... 107
At a Glance
Airbag .............................................. 7
Changing the time ....................... 243
Instrument panel overview - Lefthand drive ........................................ 3
Instrument panel overview - Righthand drive ........................................ 3
305
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page314
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (314,1)
Index
A
B
Automatic Air-Conditioning ................ 92
Air distribution control .................. 93
Blower ........................................... 93
Cooling the interior quickly ........... 95
Recirculated air .............................. 88
Switching off the automatic airconditioning .................................. 96
Switching the air conditioning on and
off .................................................. 95
Temperature control ...................... 94
Windscreen defrosting and
demisting ....................................... 95
Automatic Transmission .................... 126
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS) ...... 128
Emergency park position release
button .......................................... 129
Hints on driving with an automatic
transmission ................................. 128
Selector lever positions ............... 126
Automatic volume control .................. 250
Autostore control ................................ 248
Type 1 ......................... 248, 254, 255
Type 2, 3 and 4 ............................ 248
Autowipers ........................................... 50
Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket ....... 111
Auxiliary Power Points ...................... 108
Booster leads
Jump-Starting the Vehicle ........... 190
Booster Seats ........................................ 17
Booster cushion (Group 3) ............ 17
Booster seat (Group 2) .................. 17
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check ........... 179
Brakes ................................................ 130
Principle of Operation ................. 130
Bulb changing
Changing a Bulb ............................ 59
Bulb Specification Chart ...................... 66
B
Battery connection points ................... 191
Battery warning symbols .................... 191
Bluetooth® setup ............................... 264
Handling of phones ..................... 264
Requirements for Bluetooth®
connection ................................... 264
Bonnet Lock
Opening and Closing the
Bonnet ......................................... 169
306
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
C
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities and Specifications ...... 211
Technical Specifications .............. 211
Car Wash
Cleaning the Exterior ................... 188
Catalytic Converter ............................. 120
Driving with a catalytic
converter ...................................... 120
Changing a Bulb .................................. 59
Centre high mount stop lamp ........ 64
Exterior mirror lamps .................... 61
Front map lamp ............................. 63
Headlights high and low beam ...... 60
Interior lamp .................................. 63
Number plate lamp ........................ 63
Rear lamps ..................................... 62
Side direction indicator light ......... 61
Side lamps and front direction
indicators ....................................... 60
Changing a Fuse ................................. 160
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page315
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (315,1)
Index
C
C
Changing a Road Wheel .................... 194
Installing a road wheel ................ 201
Jacking and lifting points ............ 198
Locking wheel nuts ..................... 194
Removing a road wheel ............... 200
Spare wheel ................................. 196
Stowing the wheel ....................... 202
Vehicle jack ................................. 194
Changing the remote control battery
Changing the remote control
battery ............................................ 37
Changing the Wiper Blades .................. 52
Changing the windscreen wiper
blades ............................................ 52
Checking the Wiper Blades .................. 52
Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ............... 9
Child Safety ............................................ 9
Child Safety Locks ............................... 19
Left-hand side ................................ 19
Right-hand side ............................. 19
Child Seat Positioning .......................... 14
Cigar Lighter ...................................... 107
Cleaning the Exterior .......................... 188
Body paintwork preservation ...... 188
Cleaning the chrome trim ............ 188
Cleaning the headlamps .............. 188
Cleaning the rear window ............ 188
Cleaning the Interior ........................... 189
Instrument cluster screens, LCD
screens, radio screens .................. 189
Rear windows .............................. 189
Seat belts ............................... 28, 189
Clock .................................................. 106
Coded keys ........................................... 43
Cold Weather Precautions .................. 149
Compact disc playback ...................... 253
Compact disc player ........................... 253
Compact disc track scanning .............. 255
Type 1 .......................................... 255
Type 2 ................................. 254, 255
Type 3 and 4 ................................ 256
Connecting an external device
Connecting an external device .... 286
Connection .................................. 286
Connecting an external device - Vehicles
With: Bluetooth® ............................... 286
Connecting a Bluetooth® audio
device .......................................... 286
Connectivity ....................................... 284
General Information .................... 284
Constant monitoring ............................. 33
Convenience features ......................... 106
Coolant Check
Engine Coolant Check ................. 178
Cruise control
Using Cruise Control ................... 143
Cruise Control .................................... 143
Principle of Operation ................. 143
Cup Holders ....................................... 108
Front cup holders ......................... 108
Rear cup holders .......................... 109
D
Diesel Particulate Filter
Diesel Particulate Filter ............... 116
Regeneration ................................ 116
Digital signal processing (DSP) ......... 250
Changing the DSP settings .......... 250
DSP equaliser .............................. 250
DSP occupancy ............................ 250
Direction Indicators .............................. 58
307
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page316
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (316,1)
Index
D
F
Disabling the passenger airbag
Disabling the passenger airbag ...... 32
Enabling the passenger airbag ....... 33
Fitting the passenger airbag
deactivation switch ........................ 32
Disarming the alarm ............................. 47
Disarming the engine immobiliser ....... 44
DPF
Diesel Particulate Filter ............... 116
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap.... 180
Driving Hints ..................................... 148
Driving Through Water ...................... 150
Driving through water ................. 150
Dynamic Stability Control ................. 134
Principle of Operation ................. 134
Fast forward/reverse ........................... 254
Fastening the seat belts
Fastening the seat belts .................. 29
Floor Mats .......................................... 112
Fog Lamps - Front
Front Fog Lamps ........................... 56
Fog Lamps - Rear
Rear Fog Lamps ............................ 56
Four-Wheel Drive .............................. 123
Four-wheel drive, high range
(4H) ............................................. 123
Four-wheel drive, low range
(4L) .............................................. 124
Shifting between 2H and 4H ....... 124
Shifting between 2H and 4L ........ 124
Shifting between 4H and 4L ........ 124
Two-wheel drive, high range
(2H) ............................................. 123
Front Fog Lamps .................................. 56
Control lever .................................. 56
Front Seats ........................................... 98
Adjusting the angle of the seatback
(Electric seats) ............................. 102
Adjusting the angle of the seatback
(Manual seats) ............................... 99
Adjusting the height of the driver's
seat (Electric seats) ...................... 101
Adjusting the height of the driver's
seat (Manual seats) ........................ 99
Adjusting the lumbar support ........ 98
Folding the seat backrest
(Bench seat Regular cab) ............. 100
Moving the seats backwards and
forwards (Electric seats) .............. 101
Moving the seats backwards and
forwards (Manual seats) ................ 98
Tilting the seat (Electric seats) ..... 102
Fuel and Refuelling ............................ 118
E
Electric exterior mirrors ....................... 70
Electric folding mirrors ................. 70
Electromagnetic compatibility ............ 295
Electronic Locking Differential .......... 125
Ending compact disc playback ........... 259
Engine Coolant Check ....................... 178
Checking the coolant level .......... 178
Topping up .................. 177, 178, 179
Engine immobiliser
Engine immobiliser ....................... 42
Principle of Operation ................... 42
Engine Oil Check
Checking the oil level .................. 177
Engine Oil Check ........................ 177
Topping up .................................. 178
Engine Oil Dipstick - MZ-CD 2.2/MZCD 3.2 I5 ............................................ 176
Engine Oil Dipstick - MZI 2.5 ........... 176
Exterior Mirrors ................................... 69
Manual folding mirrors ................. 69
308
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page317
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (317,1)
Index
F
H
Fuel Consumption .............................. 122
Fuel filler flap ..................................... 120
Filling .......................................... 121
Vehicles equipped with cap
system .......................................... 120
Fuel Quality - Diesel .......................... 119
Long-term storage ....................... 119
Fuel Quality - Petrol ........................... 118
Fuse Box Locations ............................ 159
Engine compartment fuse
box ...................................... 160, 161
Passenger compartment fuse
box ...................................... 159, 164
Fuse Specification Chart .................... 161
Engine compartment fuse box ..... 161
Passenger compartment fuse
box ............................................... 164
Fuses .................................................. 159
HDC
Hill descent control (HDC) ......... 132
Head Restraints .................................. 103
Adjusting the head restraint ......... 103
Removing the head restraint ........ 103
Headlamp Levelling ............................. 57
Heated Seats ....................................... 105
Heated Windows .................................. 96
Heated windows ............................ 96
Heating
Air-Conditioning ........................... 88
Hill descent control (HDC) ................ 132
Principle of Operation ................. 132
Using Hill Descent Control ......... 132
Hill Launch Assist .............................. 136
Principle of Operation ................. 136
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes ................................................ 131
HLA
Hill Launch Assist ....................... 136
G
Gauges ................................................. 73
Engine coolant temperature
gauge ............................................. 73
Fuel gauge ..................................... 73
Gearbox
Transmission ............................... 123
General Driving Points ....................... 148
Vehicles with a diesel engine ....... 148
General Information on Radio
Frequencies .......................................... 35
H
Handbrake
Parking Brake .............................. 131
Hazard Warning Flashers ..................... 58
I
Ignition Switch
Ignition Switch ............................ 113
Immobiliser
Engine immobiliser ....................... 42
Important audio information .............. 233
Audio unit labels ......................... 233
Disc labels ................................... 233
Information Displays ............................ 83
General Information ...................... 83
Instrument Cluster ................................ 73
Instrument Lighting Dimmer .............. 106
Interior Lamps ...................................... 59
Courtesy lamp ............................... 59
Interior Mirror ...................................... 71
Introduction ............................................ 1
309
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page318
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (318,1)
Index
I
L
iPod
Using an iPod .............................. 290
iPod connection
Connecting an external device .... 286
ISOFIX Anchor Points ......................... 16
Attaching a child restraint with a top
tether .............................................. 16
Locking and Unlocking
Child play protection function ....... 39
Driver configuration mode ............ 40
Locking and Unlocking ................. 38
Locking and unlocking the doors
from inside .................................... 39
Locking and unlocking the doors with
the key ........................................... 38
Locking and unlocking the doors with
the remote control .......................... 38
Locking the doors individually with
the key ........................................... 40
Locks .................................................... 38
J
Jump starting
Jump-Starting the Vehicle ........... 190
Jump-Starting the Vehicle .................. 190
To connect the booster leads ....... 190
To start the engine ....................... 190
K
Keys and Remote Controls .................. 35
L
Lighting ................................................ 54
Lighting Control ................................... 54
Approach lamps ............................ 54
Emergency stop signal .................. 54
Headlamp flasher ........................... 54
High and dipped beam .................. 54
Lighting control positions ............. 54
Load Carrying .................................... 146
General Information .................... 146
Load Retaining Fixtures ..................... 147
Load rest ...................................... 147
Rope hooks .................................. 147
Loading the navigation data
Loading the navigation data ........ 224
310
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
M
Maintenance
General Information .................... 168
Maintenance ................................ 168
Scheduled .................................... 183
Technical Specifications .............. 182
Manual Air-Conditioning ..................... 89
Air distribution control .................. 89
Blower ........................................... 90
Recirculated air .............................. 90
System settings .............................. 90
Temperature control ...................... 90
Manual Transmission ......................... 123
Selecting reverse gear .................. 123
Map updates ....................................... 232
Message Centre
Information Displays ..................... 83
Mirrors
Interior mirror ................................ 71
MP3 connection
Connecting an external device .... 286
MP3 display options .......................... 259
CD text display options ............... 259
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page319
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (319,1)
Index
M
P
MP3 file playback .............................. 256
File formats ................................. 257
ID3 Tag Version 2 ....................... 258
ISO 9660 format .......................... 256
MP3 files playback order ............. 257
MP3 navigation ........................... 258
Multi session ............................... 257
Playing a multi session disc ......... 257
Parking Brake ..................................... 131
Parts and Accessories ............................. 2
Personalised Settings ............................ 86
Language setting ........................... 86
Units of measure ............................ 87
Power Steering Fluid Check ............... 179
Topping up .................................. 179
Power Windows ................................... 67
Driver's door switches
(Double cab) .................................. 67
Driver's door switches
(Regular and Freestyle cab) ........... 68
Front and rear passengers' door
switches ......................................... 68
Opening and closing the windows
automatically
(Driver's window only) .................. 68
Resetting the memory of the electric
windows ........................................ 68
Safety mode ................................... 69
Safety switch for the rear
windows ........................................ 68
Programming the remote control
Programming a new remote
control ........................................... 35
Programming the additional key .... 36
Programming the remote control ... 35
Reprogramming the unlocking
function ......................................... 36
N
Navigation introduction ..................... 217
General Information .................... 217
Navigation Quick start ....................... 219
Vehicles with SD navigation
system .......................................... 219
Navigation system .............................. 228
Navigation unit overview ................... 221
Vehicles with SD navigation
system .......................................... 222
News broadcasts ................................. 251
O
Occupant protection ............................. 20
Principle of Operation ................... 20
Oil Check
Engine Oil Check ........................ 177
On/off control ..................................... 245
Opening and Closing the Bonnet ....... 169
Closing the bonnet ....................... 170
Opening the bonnet ..................... 169
Overhead Console .............................. 109
P
Parking Aids ....................................... 138
Principle of Operation ................. 138
R
Rear Fog Lamps ................................... 56
Rear Seats ........................................... 104
Folding the rear seat cushion ....... 104
Folding the rear seatback - Double
cab ............................................... 104
Rear seat arm rest ........................ 105
311
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page320
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (320,1)
Index
R
R
Rear View Camera ............................. 141
Switching the rear view camera
off ................................................ 142
Switching the rear view camera
on ................................................. 141
Using the display ......................... 141
Reduced Engine Performance ............ 150
Refuelling ...................................... 8, 122
Regional mode (REG) ........................ 252
Remote control battery
Changing the remote control
battery ............................................ 37
Remote control programming
Programming the remote control ... 35
Repairing Minor Paint Damage .......... 189
Repeat compact disc tracks ................ 255
Type 1 .......................................... 255
Type 2 .......................................... 255
Type 3 and 4 ................................ 255
Road Safety ........................................ 218
Safety information ....................... 218
Route displays .................................... 229
Junction zoom ............................. 229
Map display ................................. 229
Navigation display ....................... 230
Route options menu ........................... 228
Driver .......................................... 228
Dynamic ...................................... 228
Eco settings ................................. 228
Ferry/motorail .............................. 229
Motorway .................................... 228
Route ........................................... 228
Seasonal roads ............................. 229
Toll .............................................. 229
Toll sticker ................................... 229
Running-In ......................................... 149
Brakes and clutch ........................ 149
Engine ......................................... 149
Tyres ............................................ 149
312
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
S
Safety Precautions .............................. 118
Saving Fuel and Protection of the
Environment ....................................... 148
Seat belt height adjustment .................. 30
Seat belt reminder .......................... 31, 81
Seat belts
Fastening the seat belts .................. 29
Seats ..................................................... 97
Security code ...................................... 242
Setting the clock on the audio unit ..... 243
Changing the time ....................... 243
Exact hour adjustment ................. 244
Shuffle/random ................................... 254
Type 1 .......................................... 254
Type 2 .......................................... 254
Type 3 and 4 ................................ 254
Sitting in the Correct Position .............. 97
Snow Chains
Using Snow Chains ..................... 204
Sound button ...................................... 245
Speed Control
Cruise Control ............................. 143
Starter Switch
Ignition Switch ............................ 113
Starting a Diesel Engine ..................... 116
Cold or hot engine ....................... 116
Starting a Petrol Engine ...................... 114
Cold or hot engine ....................... 114
Engine idle speed after starting .... 115
Flooded engine ............................ 115
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page321
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (321,1)
Index
S
T
Starting and Stopping the Engine ....... 113
General Information .................... 113
Station preset buttons ......................... 247
Station tuning control ......................... 246
Manual tuning ............................. 246
Scan tuning .................................. 247
Seek tuning .................................. 246
Steering Wheel ..................................... 48
Steering Wheel Lock .......................... 114
Storage compartments ........................ 110
Switching Off the Engine ................... 117
Vehicles with a turbocharger ........ 117
Symbols Glossary ................................... 2
Symbols in this handbook ............... 2
Symbols on your vehicle ................. 2
System settings ................................... 225
Audio settings .............................. 226
Clock settings .............................. 227
Menu structure - Information and
entertainment display - All
vehicles ........................................ 226
Menu structure - Information and
entertainment display - Vehicles with
navigation system ........................ 225
Telephone controls ............................. 265
Remote control ............................ 265
Telephone setup .................................. 263
Bond another Bluetooth®
phone ........................................... 264
Making a phone an active
phone ........................................... 264
Phonebook ................................... 263
Phonebook categories .................. 263
Towing a Trailer ................................. 153
Safety chains ............................... 156
Trailer brakes ............................... 157
Trailer hitch ................................. 155
Trailer lights ................................ 156
Trailer tow module ...................... 156
Trailer towing tips ....................... 157
Tyres ............................................ 155
Weight limits ............................... 154
Towing Points .................................... 166
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels... 166
All vehicles .................................. 166
Vehicles with automatic
transmission ................................. 167
Track selection ................................... 253
Type 2, 3 and 4 ............................ 253
Type 3 and 4 ................................ 253
Traffic information control ................. 248
Activating traffic
announcements ............................ 248
Ending traffic
announcements .................... 231, 249
Traffic announcement volume ..... 249
Traffic Message Channel .................... 231
Principle of Operation ................. 231
Transmission ...................................... 123
Trip Computer ...................................... 83
Controls ......................................... 83
Type approvals ........................... 293, 294
T
Tailgate ............................................... 146
Technical Specifications
Capacities and Specifications ...... 211
Telephone ........................................... 263
General Information .................... 263
Using the telephone ..................... 266
Telephone commands ......................... 280
Main settings ............................... 282
Phone ........................................... 280
Phone functions ........................... 281
313
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page322
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (322,1)
Index
T
U
Tyre Care ............................................ 202
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System ...... 204
Tyre Pressures
Technical Specifications .............. 209
Tyres
Wheels and Tyres ........................ 193
Using Snow Chains
Using Snow Chains ..................... 204
Using the Parking Aid - Vehicles With:
Rear Parking Aid ................................ 139
Using the telephone ............................ 266
Changing the active phone .......... 268
Debonding a bonded phone ......... 268
Making a call ............................... 266
Muting the microphone ............... 268
Receiving a second incoming
call ............................................... 267
Receiving an incoming call ......... 267
Using TMC ........................................ 231
Ending traffic announcements ..... 231
Traffic announcement .................. 231
Using TMC messages ................. 231
Using voice control ............................ 270
Name tag ..................................... 271
System operation ......................... 270
Using Winter Tyres
Using Winter Tyres ..................... 203
U
Under Bonnet Overview - MZ-CD
2.2 ...................................................... 172
Under Bonnet Overview - MZ-CD 3.2
I5 ........................................................ 174
Under Bonnet Overview - MZI 2.5 .... 171
USB
Using a USB device .................... 287
USB port ............................................. 111
Using a USB device ........................... 287
Radio ........................................... 288
SD Navigation units .................... 288
Using an iPod ..................................... 290
Radio ........................................... 290
SD Navigation units .................... 291
Using Cruise Control ......................... 143
Cancelling the set speed .............. 145
Changing the set speed ................ 144
Resuming the set speed ............... 145
Setting a speed ............................. 144
Switching cruise control off ........ 145
Switching cruise control on ......... 143
Using Dynamic Stability Control ....... 135
2-wheel drive vehicles ................. 135
4-wheel drive vehicles ................. 135
Using Hill Descent Control ................ 132
HDC operation ............................ 133
Selecting HDC ............................ 132
Using seat belts during pregnancy ........ 31
314
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
V
Vehicle battery .................................... 190
Vehicle Care ....................................... 188
Vehicle identification ......................... 210
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Number ..... 210
Vehicle Identification Plate ................ 210
Vehicle Loading ................................. 152
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) ......... 152
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ..... 152
Vehicle recovery ................................. 166
Ventilation
Air-Conditioning ........................... 88
Vents
Air Vents ....................................... 89
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page323
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Black plate (323,1)
Index
V
W
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number ..... 210
Voice control ........................................ 49
Principle of Operation ................. 269
Warning Lamps and Indicators ............ 74
ABS warning lamp ........................ 74
Airbag warning lamp ..................... 75
Brake system warning lamp .......... 74
Cruise control ................................ 80
Direction indicators ....................... 79
Door open warning lamp ............... 79
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) ...... 78
Dynamic stability control
(DSC) indicator ............................. 76
Electronic locking differential
(ELD) indicator ............................. 78
Engine warning lamps ................... 76
Four-wheel drive indicator ............ 77
Four-wheel drive low
(4L) indicator ................................. 77
Front fog lamp indicator ................ 80
Gear shift indicator lamp
(Manual only) ................................ 80
Glow plug indicator - For Diesel
Vehicle ........................................... 79
Headlamp indicator ....................... 79
High beam indicator ...................... 79
Ice/Frost warning indicator ............ 78
Ignition warning lamp ................... 75
Low fuel level warning lamp ......... 75
Oil Change Reminder Indicator
(Diesel only) .................................. 76
Oil pressure warning lamp ............ 76
Rear fog lamp indicator ................. 80
Seat belt indicator .......................... 80
Vehicle immobiliser indicator ........ 74
Washer fluid level indicator ........... 78
Water-in-fuel indicator ................... 78
Washer Fluid Check ........................... 181
Washers
Wipers and Washers ...................... 50
315
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Mazda BT-50_8FX5-EI-17DT_Edition2 Page324
Thursday, May 11 2017 5:35 PM
Index
W
Washing
Cleaning the Exterior ................... 188
Waveband button ................................ 246
Wheels and Tyres ............................... 193
General Information .................... 193
Technical Specifications .............. 209
Windscreen Washers ............................ 51
Windscreen Wipers .............................. 50
Intermittent wipe ........................... 50
Winter Tyres
Using Winter Tyres ..................... 203
Wipers and Washers ............................. 50
316
Form No.8FX5-EI-17DT
Black plate (324,1)
Download PDF
Similar pages